TW200417428A - A metal foil tube, a process and an apparatus for producing the same - Google Patents

A metal foil tube, a process and an apparatus for producing the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200417428A
TW200417428A TW093101640A TW93101640A TW200417428A TW 200417428 A TW200417428 A TW 200417428A TW 093101640 A TW093101640 A TW 093101640A TW 93101640 A TW93101640 A TW 93101640A TW 200417428 A TW200417428 A TW 200417428A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
metal foil
aforementioned
foil tube
metal
scope
Prior art date
Application number
TW093101640A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Koki Inada
Kazutoshi Iwami
Atuhiko Imai
Hiroki Kobayashi
Yasuo Takahashi
Mikio Yamanaka
Toru Saito
Original Assignee
Nippon Steel Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nippon Steel Corp filed Critical Nippon Steel Corp
Publication of TW200417428A publication Critical patent/TW200417428A/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K11/00Resistance welding; Severing by resistance heating
    • B23K11/06Resistance welding; Severing by resistance heating using roller electrodes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C22METALLURGY; FERROUS OR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS; TREATMENT OF ALLOYS OR NON-FERROUS METALS
    • C22CALLOYS
    • C22C38/00Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys
    • C22C38/18Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium
    • C22C38/40Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium with nickel
    • C22C38/44Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium with nickel with molybdenum or tungsten
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21CMANUFACTURE OF METAL SHEETS, WIRE, RODS, TUBES OR PROFILES, OTHERWISE THAN BY ROLLING; AUXILIARY OPERATIONS USED IN CONNECTION WITH METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL
    • B21C37/00Manufacture of metal sheets, bars, wire, tubes or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape
    • B21C37/06Manufacture of metal sheets, bars, wire, tubes or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape of tubes or metal hoses; Combined procedures for making tubes, e.g. for making multi-wall tubes
    • B21C37/08Making tubes with welded or soldered seams
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21CMANUFACTURE OF METAL SHEETS, WIRE, RODS, TUBES OR PROFILES, OTHERWISE THAN BY ROLLING; AUXILIARY OPERATIONS USED IN CONNECTION WITH METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL
    • B21C37/00Manufacture of metal sheets, bars, wire, tubes or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape
    • B21C37/06Manufacture of metal sheets, bars, wire, tubes or like semi-manufactured products, not otherwise provided for; Manufacture of tubes of special shape of tubes or metal hoses; Combined procedures for making tubes, e.g. for making multi-wall tubes
    • B21C37/08Making tubes with welded or soldered seams
    • B21C37/0815Making tubes with welded or soldered seams without continuous longitudinal movement of the sheet during the bending operation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21DWORKING OR PROCESSING OF SHEET METAL OR METAL TUBES, RODS OR PROFILES WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21D33/00Special measures in connection with working metal foils, e.g. gold foils
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B21MECHANICAL METAL-WORKING WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21DWORKING OR PROCESSING OF SHEET METAL OR METAL TUBES, RODS OR PROFILES WITHOUT ESSENTIALLY REMOVING MATERIAL; PUNCHING METAL
    • B21D5/00Bending sheet metal along straight lines, e.g. to form simple curves
    • B21D5/01Bending sheet metal along straight lines, e.g. to form simple curves between rams and anvils or abutments
    • B21D5/015Bending sheet metal along straight lines, e.g. to form simple curves between rams and anvils or abutments for making tubes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K11/00Resistance welding; Severing by resistance heating
    • B23K11/08Seam welding not restricted to one of the preceding subgroups
    • B23K11/082Seam welding not restricted to one of the preceding subgroups of three-dimensional seams
    • B23K11/084Seam welding not restricted to one of the preceding subgroups of three-dimensional seams of helicoïdal seams
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B23MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • B23KSOLDERING OR UNSOLDERING; WELDING; CLADDING OR PLATING BY SOLDERING OR WELDING; CUTTING BY APPLYING HEAT LOCALLY, e.g. FLAME CUTTING; WORKING BY LASER BEAM
    • B23K11/00Resistance welding; Severing by resistance heating
    • B23K11/08Seam welding not restricted to one of the preceding subgroups
    • B23K11/087Seam welding not restricted to one of the preceding subgroups for rectilinear seams
    • B23K11/0873Seam welding not restricted to one of the preceding subgroups for rectilinear seams of the longitudinal seam of tubes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C22METALLURGY; FERROUS OR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS; TREATMENT OF ALLOYS OR NON-FERROUS METALS
    • C22CALLOYS
    • C22C38/00Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys
    • C22C38/18Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium
    • C22C38/34Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium with more than 1.5% by weight of silicon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C22METALLURGY; FERROUS OR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS; TREATMENT OF ALLOYS OR NON-FERROUS METALS
    • C22CALLOYS
    • C22C38/00Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys
    • C22C38/18Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium
    • C22C38/40Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium with nickel
    • C22C38/42Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium with nickel with copper
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C22METALLURGY; FERROUS OR NON-FERROUS ALLOYS; TREATMENT OF ALLOYS OR NON-FERROUS METALS
    • C22CALLOYS
    • C22C38/00Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys
    • C22C38/18Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium
    • C22C38/40Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium with nickel
    • C22C38/58Ferrous alloys, e.g. steel alloys containing chromium with nickel with more than 1.5% by weight of manganese
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G15/00Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
    • G03G15/06Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing
    • G03G15/08Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer
    • G03G15/0806Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer on a donor element, e.g. belt, roller
    • G03G15/0818Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for developing using a solid developer, e.g. powder developer on a donor element, e.g. belt, roller characterised by the structure of the donor member, e.g. surface properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G15/00Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
    • G03G15/20Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for fixing, e.g. by using heat
    • G03G15/2003Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for fixing, e.g. by using heat using heat
    • G03G15/2014Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern for fixing, e.g. by using heat using heat using contact heat
    • G03G15/2053Structural details of heat elements, e.g. structure of roller or belt, eddy current, induction heating
    • G03G15/2057Structural details of heat elements, e.g. structure of roller or belt, eddy current, induction heating relating to the chemical composition of the heat element and layers thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G2215/00Apparatus for electrophotographic processes
    • G03G2215/06Developing structures, details
    • G03G2215/0634Developing device
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G2215/00Apparatus for electrophotographic processes
    • G03G2215/20Details of the fixing device or porcess
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49826Assembling or joining
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T29/00Metal working
    • Y10T29/49Method of mechanical manufacture
    • Y10T29/49826Assembling or joining
    • Y10T29/49908Joining by deforming
    • Y10T29/49925Inward deformation of aperture or hollow body wall
    • Y10T29/49927Hollow body is axially joined cup or tube

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Metallurgy (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)

Abstract

This invention provides a metal foil tube having a wall thickness of 10 to 100 μm, and a process and an apparatus for producing the same which surely finishes a thin metal foil into a tube. The metal foil tube is a tube which is produced by weld-bonding a metal foil material (W) having a thickness (t) of 10 to 100 μm, and the process comprises the steps of: forming a metal foil material (W) into a tube so as to have an overlapping portion (G), welding the opposite sides; and finishing the welded portion to be flat.

Description

玖、發明說明: C發明所屬之技術销域】 發明領域 Μ月你有關於-種新穎之金屬箱管及 製造裝置。更詳而言之,係有關於—種適料電子昭相 列印機、雷射印表機(LBP)、影印機、傳真機等之碳粉_ 用輥、顯像用輥、及定影用輥等购之金屬㈣及 方法及製造裝置。 k L· ^tr 發明背景 現今之電子照相式列印機、雷射印表機(lbp)、” 機、傳真麟景彡㈣絲置,係㈣光鼓藉f彡像信號曝^ 而於顯像機形成碳粉圖像,再轉印已形成於哕减光^ , 粉圖像至記錄紙,並藉定影器熱定影而輸出。且, 反 之影像形成製程,使时前述感光鼓或碳粉烘烤用挺 像用輥、加壓輥、及定影用輥等各種輥構件。通常,前頌 輥構件係形成為圓筒狀或圓柱狀,並由驅動裂置(馬 驅動。 ' > 對於可用來作為前述電子照相式列印機、雷射£卩李& (LBP)、影印機、及傳真機等影像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用 親、顯像用輥、定影用輥等圓筒狀金屬製薄層管而今,+ 要具有金屬所具備之高彈性、高剛性、及高熱傳導性,$ 者’係以利用該極薄化技術,成為輕量並且表面全體光、、成 而可達到完全沒有會對清晰之全色畫質造成不良影響之持 10 15 20 動或旋轉不均等之高旋轉精度為佳,且,耐久性亦需優異。 因此,如此之金屬製薄管,係將不鏽鋼板等藉衝壓加工或 雷射熔接、電漿熔接等成形、熔接成圓筒狀,製成未加工 管(金屬製厚管),再將其藉拉伸加工、旋壓加工、抽拉加工、 及凸出加工等薄化技術,加工成極薄之厚度(參照例如曰本 專利公開公報2002_55557號)。 又,可用來作為前述電子照相式列印機、雷射印表機 (LBP)、影印機、及傳真機等影像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用 輥、顯像用輥、定影用輥等金屬製薄層管之製造方法,有 利用熱可塑性樹脂接合金屬薄膜層端面之方法等(參照例 如日本專利公開公報2000-280339號)。 然而,藉薄化技術加工由衝壓加工或雷射炫接、電毁 炫接等製成之未加κ金屬製厚管)所形成之金屬製薄管 中,-旦祕部德_雷魏接或電㈣贿融,硬度 _會降低-半左右,且強度亦降低。再者,使未加工管 薄化時,其表面會較金屬軋製材(例如,不更粗(表 面粗糙),例如,施加90%左右之加工之旋壓加工時,表面 粗度㈣脚m’且,有伴隨薄化產生表面缺陷之缺點。 因此’會有對清晰之全色晝質造成不 不均產生,無法得到充足 術,製造過程複雜,且, 良影響之振動或旋轉 之旋轉精度。又,如此之薄化技 製造成本大多报高。 —使用以熱可塑性樹脂接合金屬薄朗端面之方法 时復蓋至屬薄膜之樹脂膜必需為熱可塑性樹脂,若非熱 可塑性、或熱硬化性之㈣亞胺等樹脂相不可能成形。 6 又,與金屬接合相比,樹脂接合之接合強度較弱,不易具 有長期間之耐久性,特別是於高溫下使用時,會於該接合 部發現因施加之負荷造成該接合部產生剝離等熱脆化之現 象等,不適合作為碳粉烘烤用輥等。又,必需另外於金屬 薄膜均一地被覆樹脂,會增加製造成本。 因此,本發明之目的在於提供一種於不使用衝壓加工 或雷射熔接、電漿熔接法及薄化技術或樹脂材料等之情況 下,具有極光滑之表面,且具有金屬具備之高彈性、高剛 性、及高熱傳導性,又,極薄且輕量,並且具有振動或旋 轉等均一之高旋轉精度,不會對清晰之全色晝質造成不良 影響,並且,耐久性亦優異之新穎之金屬製薄層管及其製 造方法及製造裝置。 本發明人等為了達成前述目的,針對新穎之金屬製薄 層管及其製造方法及製造裝置努力檢討,結果,揭露一種 不使用如習知之衝壓加工或雷射溶接與電漿炼接法及薄化 技術或樹脂讨料等,而是以非溶融之方式炫接及/或壓接不 鏽鋼箔等金屬箔,使熔融部分完全不存在或僅形成有些 許,因而不降低硬度、且耐久性高,又,可將熔接部加工 成平滑之新潁之金屬製薄層管之製造方法及其製造裝置。 藉此,得到,種可大幅降低製造成本,且,製成之金屬落 管與使用如習知之薄化技術或樹脂材料構成之金屬製薄層 管相比,具有金屬所具備之高彈性、高剛性、高熱傳導性, 且,極薄立輕量,X,表面非常平滑,且具有振動或旋轉 均一等之高旋轉精度,不會對清晰之全色畫質造成不良影 響,亚且耐久性亦優異之新穎之金屬製薄層管,而完成本 發明。 且,本發明人等於不滿足由前述新穎之製造方法及其 製造裝置得到之新穎之金屬衫之情況下,努力嘗収 良,結果,得到以下之見解,更進—步改良本發明。 即,一般而言,溶接部之形狀與金屬箱母材之形狀會 稍微不一致,又,表面粗糙度亦大多為大。本發明係大致 以非溶融之方式轉及/或壓接金屬?|者,因此,可形成平 滑之溶接邛,且炫接部與箔母材之形狀不會不一致,又, 表面粗糙度小。然而,後來於反覆研究改良中發現,大致 以非熔融方式熔接及/或壓接金屬箔時,使用柔軟之箔素材 者之2片重疊部容易損害,又,得知在大部份的情形下最好 管材質為硬,以減少電極之缺陷,另一方面,由使用性能 方面來看,可增加高循環疲勞壽命。於此,發明人發現可 解決該矛盾點,並更進一步改良本發明之金屬箔管之方 法’係大致以非熔融方式熔接及/或壓接退火狀態之箔,然 後藉擠擊法、分割輥軋製法、壓模法、金屬旋壓式成型法 或a亥專方法之組合施行冷加工來薄化,並使該炫接部平滑 來調整溶接部之形狀與表面粗度,同時使材質加工硬化藉 此增加金屬箔管之疲勞壽命。於此,SUS3〇l或SUS3〇4等準 安定沃斯田鐵鋼,於藉冷加工產生麻田散鐵相而有顯著加 工硬化效果時,可硬化至維氏硬度600左右。又,即使是 SUS304N1、SUS304N2、SUS316N、SUS836L等高氮不鏽 鋼或SUS201或SUS202等高Μη系不鏽鋼亦有極佳加工硬化 效果’可硬化至維氏硬度500左右。又,發明人亦發現其他 普通之沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼可加工硬化至維氏硬度400左 右,因此完成本發明之更進一步之改良。 又,本發明揭露藉縫熔接或壓平縫熔接等電阻熔接接 合金屬fl之裝置,作為大独非紐之方絲接及/或壓接 者,而於之後重複研究改良中發現,_接麟接之炼接 部中,因為沿賴線存在有連續之龍你融凝固之部分), 或沿熔接線於50%以上之部分存在有斷續之熔核,因此可 穩定地提昇㈣部之強度。^卩,大致以雜融之方式炫接 及/或壓接之娜接中,-旦生雜_,即使圓盤狀之電 極(參照第6圖之標號32)旋轉行進,大部分電流亦於電阻小 之溶核部分流動(無效電流),而新接合之界面中,由於電阻 大’只有少量電流流動。因此,該部分於未到物融溫度 時成為壓接㈣。-旦壓接部分完成時,此處電阻亦變小, 因此,會與熔核相同地妨礙於其前方生成熔核。為了避免 如此之惡性循環,本發明人等使用脈衝電源進行縫熔接, 純通電日㈣之後設置較長之非通電時間,並藉重複該循 環而成功地得到連續_。㈣,最適#之通電時間與非 ittaf fa^tb^1/12.1/8 , ^^i/125t^^1/8M/6af ^ 成斷續之溶核。依照本發明人等之實驗,得知g卩使是斷續 之溶核,若溶接線之長度之5〇%以上覆蓋有熔核,強度上 亦不會有問題。由前述可知,為了得到覆蓋炫接長度腦 以上之溶核,必需使用脈衝電源,絲通電時間與^通電 時間之比設定為1/15〜1/7來進行縫熔接,而更進改良2 發明。 另外’即使是可利用非熔融之方式進行熔接及/或壓接 之壓平縫熔接(由於為非熔融,因此沒有形成熔融部,所以 有不會降低熔接部之硬度之優點),亦可使用脈衝電源來進 行壓平縫熔接,以更穩定地提昇熔接部之硬度,此時,發 明人亦發現有最適當之通電時間與非通電時間之比。即, 得知壓平縫熔接時,係以使用脈衝電源,並設定通電時間 與非通電時間之比為1/〜1/1來進行熔接為佳,而更進一步改 良本發明。 再者,列印機之定影輥會因異物等混入造成表面上有 瑕疫,-旦有瑕疮,會有對之後之印刷結果造成不良影塑 等弊害。 a 又,本發明人等所揭露之新穎之金屬箱管中,於縫炼 接金屬糾,熔融凝m而形成之㈣若沒有連續地生成 則該部分於壓接狀態下之㈣強度會㈣地降低並且仍 有改良之餘地。因此,祕知必需改善該㈣提 = 良率及品質。 【明内3 發明概要 ^ w穴碌寻問題,7 弟1改良係提供-種使藉電阻溶接接合、成形之^ 5 J内表面之…面藉硬輸層而表面硬化之金:: 又 第2:如第1改良之金屬箔管 其中前述電鍍層之組 成主要是鉻、鎳、鈷、及鈀之其中一種或兩種以上之金屬。 又,第3:如前述第1改良之金屬箱管,其中前述硬質電 錢層之組成係Ni-P系合金。 $ 帛4:-種金屬fg管及其製造方法,係至少於前述不鑛 輞名之兩表面中之其中一面之接合部附近電鍍第1〇〜lu^ 几素或包含有該等元素中之-種以上之合金,或溶點12〇〇 〇0、 以下之金屬,接著電阻熔接該箔而形成者。 第5:如第4之金屬箔管及其製造方法,其中前述電鍍層 0 之纟且成係含有重量比1〜14%之p之Ni-p合金。 又,第6:—種金屬箔管及其製造方法,係將前述不鏽 鋼省經由接合或再成形加工所構成之前述金屬箔管在 800〜1100°C之溫度下熱處理而形成者。 t第7:-種金屬箱管及其製造方法,係由前述不鐵鋼箱 15广由接合或再成形加工所構成之前述金屬箔管於800〜1100 C之溫度下熱處理後,至少於前述箔管之内外面之其中一 面施行硬質電鍍而形成者。 本發明之前述目的,係藉以下之手段達成。 (1) 一種金屬箔官,係接合或熔接有厚度1〇〜1〇〇^m之金 屬箱者。 2〇 (2)如前述第⑴項之金屬羯管,其中前述金屬語係不鏽 鋼名且’該不鏽鋼箱係肥粒鐵系不鏽鋼、麻田散鐵系不 鐘鋼沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼、及析出硬化型不鏽鋼之其中-種。 ’、 ()如A述第(1)或⑺項之金屬箔管,係經由電阻溶接接 11 200417428 合者 熔接 (。述弟(3)項之金射1管,其中前塊電崎接係缝 (5)如前述第(4)項之金係使用脈衝_,且、s —巾魏妨接之祕 Τ且通電時間與非通1/15 〜1/7 〇 電時間之比設定為 ίο 15 20 ⑹如前述第(3)項 平縫炫接。 電轉接係g ⑺如岫述第⑹項之金屬箔管, 進行係使祕衝電源, 旬^平縫熔接之 為胸卜 、叫間與非通電時間之比設定 ⑻士則述第⑴〜⑺項巾任—項之金屬 一部份之接合面係固相接合。 /、千呈 ⑼如前述第⑴〜⑻項中任—項之金屬㈣,1中接合 或溶接線係配置成直線狀或螺旋狀。 (,前述第⑴〜⑼項中任_項之金料管其中接合 S広接梢母材部之硬度差之絕對值,以維氏硬度(Hv) 计,係可述母材部之硬度之25%以下。 (⑴-種金屬ft管’係對如前述第⑴〜⑽項中任一項 之金屬fl管經施行冷加4減少厚度,錢該接合部變得 平滑以調整前述接合部之形狀與表面粗度,並且至少該接 合部之材質業經加工硬化者。 (12)如則述第(3)〜⑴)項中任一項之金屬箱管其中前 述金屬ϋ係不,域不鏽㈣係沃斯明系不鑛鋼 12 200417428 5 10 15 20 之退火材。 (13)如蚋述第(1)〜(12)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 述金屬箔管之你以 ^ 〈母材部之維氏硬度(Hv)係ΙδΟ以下。 (1句如前述第(1)〜(12)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 、屬4官之母材部及熔接部之維氏硬度(Hv)係3〇〇〜600。 (15) 如前述第(U)〜(14)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 述不鏽鋼荡表層之最大氮濃度係3質量。/〇以下。 (16) 如前述第(2)〜(15)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 述不鏽輞箔包含有: C·0·05質量%以下; Sl·0·05〜3.6質量% ; Μϊ1:0·〇5〜1·〇 質量% ; &:15〜26質量% ; Nl:5〜25質量。/〇 ; Μϋ··2·5質量%以下; Cu:2.5質量%以下;及 N:0·06質量%以下, 且,剩餘部分係由Fe及不 < 避免之不純物構成之軟質 系沃斯田鐵系不鐵鋼。 (17) 如前述第(2)〜(11)項中任’項之金屬羯管,其中前 述不鏽輞箔包含有·· €:〇·〇5〜〇.2質量% ; Sl:〇.〇5〜3.6質量。/〇 ; ^^:1.0〜5.〇質量%;发明 Description of the invention: C. The technical sales domain to which the invention belongs] Field of invention In the month you have about a new type of metal box tube and manufacturing device. More specifically, it is about toners for electronic photoprinters, laser printers (LBP), photocopiers, fax machines, etc., rollers, development rollers, and fixing rollers. Roller and other purchased metal cymbals, methods and manufacturing equipment. k L ^ tr Background of the Invention Today's electrophotographic printers, laser printers (lbp), printers, and fax machines are installed on the screen and exposed by f image signals. The toner image is formed by the camera, and the toner image is transferred to the recording paper, and the powder image is transferred to the recording paper, and is output by the thermal fixing of the fuser. On the contrary, the image forming process makes the aforementioned photosensitive drum or toner Various roller members such as baking rolls, pressure rollers, and fixing rollers. Generally, the front roller member is formed in a cylindrical or cylindrical shape and is driven by a driving split (horse driven. '≫ For It can be used as a toner, baking roller, developing roller, fixing roller, etc. for the above-mentioned electrophotographic printers, laser printers (LBP), photocopiers, and fax machines. Today's tubular metal thin-layer tubes must have the high elasticity, high rigidity, and high thermal conductivity of the metal, so that those who use this ultra-thinning technology must be lightweight and light on the surface. It can achieve the holding without any adverse effect on the clear full-color image quality. 10 15 20 Motion or rotation High uniform rotation accuracy is required, and durability is also required. Therefore, such a thin metal tube is formed and welded into a cylindrical shape by stamping, laser welding, plasma welding, etc. It is made into an unprocessed pipe (thick metal pipe), and then it is processed into a very thin thickness by thinning techniques such as stretching, spinning, drawing, and protrusion processing (refer to, for example, Japanese Patent Publication Gazette No. 2002_55557). It can also be used as a toner baking roller, developing roller for image forming devices such as the aforementioned electrophotographic printer, laser printer (LBP), photocopier, and facsimile machine. As a method for manufacturing a thin metal tube such as a fixing roller, there is a method in which an end face of a metal thin film layer is joined by using a thermoplastic resin (see, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2000-280339). In the thin metal tube formed by adding κ metal thick tube (not made of κ metal thick tube) made by laser stun connection, electrical destruction stun connection, etc.-- About half, and the intensity is also reduced. For example, when the unprocessed pipe is thinned, its surface will be thicker than a metal rolled material (for example, not rougher (rough surface)). For example, when the spinning process is performed with about 90% of the processing, the surface roughness will be lame m 'and There are disadvantages of surface defects accompanied by thinning. Therefore, there will be unevenness of clear full-color day quality, sufficient techniques cannot be obtained, the manufacturing process is complicated, and the accuracy of vibration or rotation that is positively affected. The manufacturing cost of such a thinning technology is mostly high. — When using the method of joining thin metal end faces with a thermoplastic resin, the resin film covered to a thin film must be a thermoplastic resin. If it is not thermoplastic or thermosetting, Resin phases, such as imines, cannot be formed. 6 In addition, compared with metal bonding, the bonding strength of resin bonding is weaker, and it is not easy to have long-term durability. Especially when used at high temperatures, it may be found at the joint due to application. Due to the load, thermal embrittlement and other phenomena such as peeling of the joint are caused, and it is not suitable as a toner baking roll or the like. Further, it is necessary to uniformly coat the resin with the metal thin film, which increases manufacturing costs. Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide an extremely smooth surface without the use of stamping or laser welding, plasma welding, thinning technology, resin materials, etc. Rigid, high thermal conductivity, extremely thin and lightweight, and has high uniform rotation accuracy such as vibration or rotation, will not adversely affect the clear full-color day quality, and is a novel metal with excellent durability Manufacturing thin-layer tube, manufacturing method and manufacturing device thereof. In order to achieve the foregoing object, the present inventors made an effort to review a novel thin metal tube, a manufacturing method and a manufacturing device thereof, and as a result, disclosed a method that does not use conventional stamping processing or laser welding and plasma smelting method and thin Technology or resin begging, etc., instead of melting and / or crimping metal foils such as stainless steel foil in a non-melting manner, the molten part is completely absent or only slightly formed, so the hardness is not reduced and the durability is high. In addition, a method and a manufacturing apparatus for processing a welded portion into a smooth new thin metal thin tube can be processed. As a result, it is obtained that the type can greatly reduce the manufacturing cost, and the manufactured metal drop tube has the high elasticity and high metal possessed by the metal compared with a thin metal tube made of a conventional thinning technology or a resin material. Rigidity, high thermal conductivity, and extremely thin, lightweight, X, very smooth surface, and high rotation accuracy such as vibration or rotation uniformity, will not adversely affect clear full-color image quality, but also durable The excellent novel metal thin-layer tube completes the present invention. Moreover, the present inventors are trying not to satisfy the novel metal shirt obtained by the aforementioned novel manufacturing method and manufacturing device, and try their best. As a result, they have obtained the following insights and further improved the present invention. That is, in general, the shape of the welded portion is slightly inconsistent with the shape of the metal box base material, and the surface roughness is often large. Does the present invention generally transfer and / or crimp metals in a non-melting manner? | As a result, a smooth fusion joint can be formed, and the shape of the glare joint and the foil base material will not be inconsistent, and the surface roughness is small. However, after repeated research and improvement, it was found that when the metal foil is generally welded and / or crimped in a non-melt manner, the two overlapping parts of the soft foil material are easily damaged, and it is known that in most cases It is preferred that the tube material be hard to reduce electrode defects. On the other hand, from the aspect of performance, it can increase the high cycle fatigue life. Here, the inventors have found that the method that can resolve the contradiction and further improve the metal foil tube of the present invention is a method of welding and / or crimping annealed foil in a non-melt manner, and then using extrusion and splitting rollers The combination of rolling method, stamping method, metal spinning method or ai method is performed by cold working to thinn, and the glazed portion is smoothed to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the fused portion, and at the same time, the material is processed and hardened. This increases the fatigue life of the metal foil tube. Here, quasi-stable Vosstian iron steels such as SUS301 or SUS304 can be hardened to about 600 Vickers hardness when the Asa loose iron phase is produced by cold working and has a significant work hardening effect. In addition, even high-nitrogen stainless steels such as SUS304N1, SUS304N2, SUS316N, and SUS836L, and high-Mn steels such as SUS201 or SUS202 have excellent work hardening effects. They can be hardened to about 500 Vickers hardness. In addition, the inventors also found that other ordinary Wastfield iron-based stainless steels can be work hardened to about 400 Vickers hardness, and thus completed a further improvement of the present invention. In addition, the present invention discloses a device for welding metal fl by resistance welding such as seam welding or flat seam welding, as a square wire and / or crimping device, and found in repeated research and improvement later, _Linkin In the jointing part, because there is a continuous dragon that melts and solidifies along the line, or there are intermittent nuggets along the weld line above 50%, so the strength of the crotch can be steadily increased. . ^ 卩, the connection and / or crimping are connected in a hybrid manner,-once the hybrid is formed, even if the disc-shaped electrode (refer to reference numeral 32 in Fig. 6) rotates and travels, most of the current flows in The nucleus part with small resistance flows (ineffective current), and in the newly bonded interface, only a small amount of current flows due to the large resistance. Therefore, this part becomes a crimping joint when the melting temperature is not reached. -Once the crimping portion is completed, the resistance here is also small, so it will prevent the nugget from forming in the same way as the nugget. In order to avoid such a vicious cycle, the inventors used pulse power to perform seam welding, set a longer non-energized time after the purely energized sundial, and successfully obtained continuous cycles by repeating the cycle. Alas, the optimal power-on time and non-ittaf fa ^ tb ^ 1 / 12.1 / 8, ^^ i / 125t ^^ 1 / 8M / 6af ^ form intermittent nucleation. According to experiments by the inventors, it is known that g is an intermittent nucleus. If more than 50% of the length of the dissolution wire is covered with a nucleus, there will be no problem in strength. It can be seen from the foregoing that in order to obtain the nucleus covering the brain above the dazzling length, it is necessary to use a pulsed power supply. The ratio of the wire current time to the current time is set to 1/15 ~ 1/7 to perform seam welding. . In addition, 'Even if it is a flat seam welding that can be welded and / or crimped by non-melting method (because it is non-melting, there is no melting part, so there is an advantage that the hardness of the welding part will not be reduced), it can also be used Pulse power supply is used to perform flat seam welding to more stably increase the hardness of the welded part. At this time, the inventor also found that there is the most appropriate ratio of energized time to non-energized time. In other words, it was found that when the flat seam welding is performed, it is better to perform the welding by using a pulse power source and setting the ratio of the energized time to the non-energized time to 1 to 1/1, and to further improve the present invention. In addition, the fixing roller of the printer will cause defects on the surface due to the incorporation of foreign matter, etc.-once there are blemishes, there will be disadvantages such as bad shadowing on subsequent printing results. a Also, in the novel metal box tube disclosed by the present inventors, if the metal formed by melting and condensing the metal during sewing and welding is not continuously formed, the strength of the part in the crimped state will be weak. Reduce and there is still room for improvement. Therefore, the mystery must improve this improvement = yield and quality. [Mei Nai 3 Summary of Invention ^ w-hole search problem, 7 brother 1 improvement system provides-a kind of welding and forming by resistance welding ^ 5 J inner surface ... surface hardened by hard transport layer and gold: :: 2: The first improved metal foil tube wherein the composition of the aforementioned plating layer is mainly one or two or more metals of chromium, nickel, cobalt, and palladium. Also, the third aspect: The improved metal box tube according to the first aspect, wherein the composition of the hard money layer is a Ni-P alloy. $ 帛 4: A metal fg tube and its manufacturing method, which are electroplated at least 10 ~ lu ^ at least near the junction of one of the two surfaces of the aforementioned non-metallic rim name, or contain one of these elements -One or more alloys, or a metal having a melting point of 12000 or less, and then formed by resistance welding the foil. Fifth: The metal foil tube and the manufacturing method thereof according to the fourth, wherein the foregoing electroplated layer 0 is formed of a Ni-p alloy containing p in a weight ratio of 1 to 14%. Also, No. 6: A metal foil tube and a method for manufacturing the same, formed by heat-treating the metal foil tube formed by the aforementioned stainless steel through joining or reshaping at a temperature of 800 to 1100 ° C. t7: A metal box tube and a manufacturing method thereof, the metal foil tube composed of the aforementioned non-iron steel box 15 and widely formed by joining or reshaping processing is heat treated at a temperature of 800 to 1100 C, at least less than the foregoing. One of the inner and outer surfaces of the foil tube is formed by hard plating. The aforementioned object of the present invention is achieved by the following means. (1) A metal foil official, which is a metal box with a thickness of 10 ~ 100m thick. 2〇 (2) The metal tube according to the item (1) above, wherein the aforementioned metal language stainless steel is named and the stainless steel box is a ferrous iron-based stainless steel, a Matian loose iron-based stainless steel, a Vostian iron-based stainless steel, and a precipitate. One of the hardened stainless steels. ', () If the metal foil tube of item (1) or item A of the above-mentioned A, it is welded by resistance welding 11 200417428 joint fusion welding. (1) the metal shooter tube of item (3), of which the former block is electric connection (5) As in the aforementioned item (4), the gold system uses pulses _, and s — the secret of the towel connection, and the ratio of the power-on time to the non-pass 1/15 to 1/7 〇 electrical time is set to ίο 15 20 ⑹As shown in the above item (3), the flat seam is dazzled. The electric transfer system is g. As described in the item ⑹ of the metal foil tube, it is used to make the secret power supply. The ratio setting between the time and the non-energizing time is described in the following paragraphs (1) to (2). The joint surface of the metal part of the item (1) to (2) is a solid phase joint. For the metal ㈣, the joining or dissolving wire in 1 is arranged in a straight or spiral shape. (The absolute value of the difference in hardness of the base metal part where the 広 広 is connected to the gold material tube in any of the aforementioned items ⑴ to 前述) In terms of Vickers hardness (Hv), it is less than 25% of the hardness of the base metal part. (⑴-kind metal ft tube 'is applied to the metal fl tube as described in any one of items ⑴ to ⑽ above. Cold add 4 to reduce thickness The joint portion becomes smooth to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the aforementioned joint portion, and at least the material of the joint portion is work hardened. (12) If any of the items (3) to ⑴) are described above In the metal box tube of the item, the foregoing metal is not an annealed material, and the domain stainless steel is an annealed material of the vosmin series of non-mineral steel 12 200417428 5 10 15 20. (13) As described in item (1) ~ (12) The metal foil tube according to any one of the above, in which the metal foil tube has a Vickers hardness (Hv) of the base metal part of 1 δ or less. (1 sentence as in any one of the above items (1) to (12) Metal foil tube, in which the Vickers hardness (Hv) of the base material part and the welded part of the front and fourth sides is 300 to 600. (15) As in any one of the aforementioned items (U) to (14) The metal foil tube, wherein the maximum nitrogen concentration of the stainless steel surface layer is 3 mass // or less. (16) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (2) to (15) above, wherein the stainless rim The foil contains: C · 0 · 05 mass% or less; Sl · 0 · 05 ~ 3.6 mass%; Μϊ1: 0 · 〇5 ~ 1 · 〇 mass%; &: 15 ~ 26 mass%; Nl: 5 ~ 25 Mass./〇; Μϋ ··· 2.5% by mass Below: Cu: 2.5% by mass or less; and N: 0.06% by mass or less, and the remainder is made of Fe and non-impurity imperfections of the soft series Vostian iron-based non-iron steel. (17) Such as The metal grate tube according to any one of the items (2) to (11) above, wherein the stainless foil includes: €: 0.005 to 0.2% by mass; Sl: 0.05 to 3.6 Mass./〇; ^^: 1.0 ~ 5.0% by mass;

13 20041742813 200417428

Cr:15〜26質量% ;Cr: 15 ~ 26 mass%;

Ni:5〜25質量% ; Μο:5·0質量°/〇以下;Ni: 5 ~ 25 mass%; Μο: 5.0 mass ° / 〇 or less;

Cu:4.0質量%以下;及 5 N:超過0.06質量%〜0.4質量%, 且,剩餘部分係由Fe及不可避免之不純物構成之高強 度沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼。 (18) 如前述第(2)〜(12)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 述金屬箔係不鏽鋼之軋製材,且熔接部中析出有麻田散鐵 10 相。 (19) 如前述第(1)〜(18)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中至 少前述金屬箔已接合、成形之前述箔管之表面與内表面之 其中一面藉硬質電鍵層而表面硬化。 (20) 如前述第(19)項之金屬箔管,其中前述硬質電鍍層 15 之組成主要是鉻、鎳、始、及纪之其中一種或兩種以上之 金屬。 (21) 如前述第(19)項之金屬箔管,其中前述硬質電鍍層 之組成係Ni-P系合金。 (22) 如前述第(21)項之金屬箔管,其中前述硬質電鍍層 20 之組成係含有重量比1〜14%之P之Ni-P合金。 (23) 如前述第(1)〜(22)項中任一項之金屬箔管,係至少 於前述不鏽鋼箔之兩表面中之其中一面之接合部附近電鍍 第10〜11族元素或包含該等元素中之一種以上在内之合 金,或熔點1200°c以下之金屬,接著電阻熔接該箔而形成 14 200417428 者0 (24)如前述第(1)〜(18)項中任一項之金屬箔管,係將& 述不鐘鋼绪經由接合或再成形加工所構成之前述金^ & 在800〜1100°C之溫度下熱處理而形成者。 5 (25)如前述第(1)〜(18)項中任一項之金屬箔管,係由& 述不鑛鋼箔經由接合或再成形加工所構成之前述金屬$ & 於800〜1100°C之溫度下熱處理後,至少於前述落管之内外 面之其中一面施行硬質電鍍而形成者。 (26) 如前述第(1)〜(25)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中於 10 前述金屬箱管之熔接部中,沿前述熔接線存在有連續之炼 核,或沿前述熔接線於50%以上之部分存在有斷續之炫核。 (27) 如前述第(1)〜(26)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 述金屬箱管之接合部之重疊區域(χ)μηι,於前述金屬箔之箔 厚(ί)μηι時,滿足x$40+5t。 15 (28)如前述第(1)〜(27)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 述金屬箔管之管厚與該管之内徑之比為1/5〇〇以下。 (29)如前述第(1)〜(28)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 述金屬羯管之由JISB0601-2001制定之表面粗度以為2〇_ 以下。 20 (30)如前述第(1)〜(29)項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中前 述金屬、滿管於以60周/min以上之反覆循環產生〇 2%以下之 變形之疲勞試驗中,具有lx 106次以上之耐久性。 (31)如前述第(1)〜(3〇)項中任一項之金屬箔管,係使用 於影像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用輥及/或顯像用輥。 15 200417428 (32)—種金屬箔管之製造方法,包含有: 成形步驟,係使板厚10〜ΙΟΟμιη之金屬箔未加工板成形 成一組對向邊重疊者,及 溶接步驟,將前述已重疊之對向邊溶接。 5 (33)如前述第(32)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,更包含有 一加工前述已熔接之部分使其平滑之加工步驟。 (34) 如前述第(32)或(33)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其 中前述成形步驟更包括一定位步驟,該定位步驟係於前述 金屬猪未加工板之對向邊重疊之前,使該金屬箔未加工板 10 定位於成形用芯棒。 (35) 如前述第(34)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中前述 定位步驟,係將前述金屬猪未加工板固持於在保持與前述 芯棒經常平行之位置之狀態下靠近與遠離之成形裝置,且 於該成形裝置靠近前述芯棒並且前述金屬箔未加工板與該 15 芯棒線接觸時,將該金屬箔未加工板按壓於前述芯棒加以 定位。 (36) 如前述第(34)或(35)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其 中前述成形步驟更包括一捲繞步驟,該捲繞步驟係於前述 定位步驟後使前述成形裝置更靠近該芯棒,而於形成於該 20 成形裝置之截面為半圓形之凹部與前述芯棒之間固持該金 屬箔未加工板,以使該金屬箔未加工板捲繞於前述芯棒周 圍。 (37) 如第(36)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中前述成形 步驟更包括有一重疊區域調整步驟,該重疊區域調整步驟 16 係於前述捲繞步驟後,使前述金屬箱未加工板之圓周之 刀朝半從方向位移藉此調整重疊區域。 ^ (38)如第(36)或(37)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中, 述重疊區域⑻μιη於板厚⑴阿時,滿足x^4〇+5t。 別 5 (39)如第(32)或(33)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中^ 述熔接步驟係電阻熔接法。 ^ 別 (40)如第(39)項之金屬箱管之製造方法,其中前述電随 熔接法係縫熔接或壓平縫熔接。 ⑼如第(40)項之金屬箱管之製造方法,其中前述電阻 10熔接係使用脈衝電源並設定通電時間與非通電時間之比為 1/15〜1/17來進行縫熔接,或使用脈衝電源並設定通電時門 與非通電時間之比為1/3〜1/1來進行壓平縫溶接。 、 (42) 如第(32)、(33)與㈣〜⑷)項中任一項之金屬箱管 之製造方法,其中前述熔接步驟係於設置在前述芯棒之= 15面沿軸方向形成之溝内之導電性固定電極構件及與該固定 電極構件對向設置之導電性可動電極構件之間通電來^ 行。 (43) 如前述第(42)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中前述 固定電極構件係形成為外面之一部份或全部為平坦面。 20 (44)如前述第(42)或(43)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其 中前述固定電極構件及/或可動電極構件中至少分別有一 部份係由鉑或氧化銘分散銅合金構成。 (45)如前述第(42)〜(44)項中任一項之金屬箔管之製造 方法’其中岫述固定電極構件及/或可動電極構件之硬度係 17 200417428 與前述金屬箔未加工板之硬度大致相同。 如⑽如前述第㈤训及⑷)項中任1之金射” 之衣造方法,其中藉由前述芯棒内朝半徑方向噴出流體, 將前述金屬箔管自該芯棒剝離並取下。 W)如前述第(34)〜(37)及(42)項中任—項之金屬_ 之製造方法,其中前述芯棒係由多數構件構成且利: 使-部份朝軸方向移動讓前述金屬箔管自該芯棒剝離。 ίο W如前述第(32)〜(47)項中任一項之金屬落管之製造 方法,其中前述金屬箱未加工板之板厚與該 ^ 徑之比為1/5GG以下。 胃h内直 ㈣-種金屬箱管之製造方法,係於如前述第⑽偶 =任:之方法所得到之金物中放入芯轴再藉擠 方刀摘乾製法、Μ法、及金屬旋壓式成型法或該 15 二==合進行冷加卫以減少厚度,並且使前述溶接部 ^材部之形狀與表面粗度,並至少使該雜 部之材質加工硬化。 20 、(5〇)如第(32)〜(49)項中任一項之金屬箱管之製造方 法,係至少於前述不鏽鋼落之兩表面之其令一面之接合部 Ζ近:第Μ〜U族元素或包含該等元Μ之—種以上在 之口至’或炼點120〇1以下之金屬然後再電阻炫接該 方法(,5m第(32)〜(5G)項中任—項之綱管之製造 / Μ “述不鏽鋼經由接合或 之前述金Μ管於_〜_t之处T減理。 18 200417428 (52)如前述第(32)〜(51)項中任一項之金屬箔管之製造 方法,係使由前述不鏽鋼箔經由接合或再成形加工所構成 之丽述金屬箔管於8〇〇〜1100°C之溫度下熱處理後,再至少 於前述箔管之内外面之一面施行硬質電鍍。 5 (53)如前述第(50)或(52)項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其 中月述硬貝電鐘之組成係含有重量比1〜140/〇之P之Ni-P合 金。 ()士别述弟(32)〜(53)項中任一項之金屬羯管之製造 方法,包括熔接前述金屬箔管,並藉此使該熔接部中沿前 述溶接、,泉存在有連續之溶核,或沿前述溶接線於別%以上 之部分存在有斷續之熔核。 (55) —種金屬箔管之製造裝置,包含有: 成形部,係用以將板厚⑺〜丨⑼卜㈤之金屬箔未加工板成 形成預定形狀者;及 15 熔接部,係用以熔接前述金屬羯未加工板之對向邊者。 (56) 如第(55)項之金屬箱管之製造裝置,其中前述成形 部包含有: 芯棒,係垂直於軸之截面為圓形者; 成形裝置,係設置成可靠近與遠離前述芯棒,且可固 20 持前述金屬箱未加工板者;及 定位構件’係用以於該成形裝置靠近前述芯棒且前述 金屬箔未加工板與該芯棒線接觸時,按壓該金屬箔未加工 板使其定位於前述芯棒, 且》金屬’名管之製造裝置係移動前述成幵)裝置使前 19 200417428 述已定位之金屬箔未加工板朝前述芯棒靠近,以使前述金 屬箔未加工板事先於前述芯棒周圍捲曲成u字型。 (57) 如第(56)項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中前述成形 裝置包含有: 5 固持板,係設置成於保持與前述芯棒平行之狀態下靠 近與遠離,且,與前述芯棒之間具有使前述金屬箔未加工 板捲繞成U字型之截面半圓形之凹部; 第1按壓構件,係用以按壓前述U字型之金屬箔未加工 板之一片使其密著前述芯棒外周;及 10 第2按壓構件,係用以將前述U字型之金屬箔未加工板 之另一片按壓於前述芯棒之外周, 且,該成形裝置於前述捲繞後,使前述金屬箔未加工 板之對向邊端部重疊而形成有重疊部。 (58) 如第(56)或(57)項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中前 15 述成形部更具有一重疊區域調整機構,且該重疊區域調整 機構係用以於前述第2按壓構件按壓完畢前,使前述金屬箔 未加工板之圓周之一部份朝半徑方向位移以使對向邊相互 重疊區域為預定值。 (59) 如第(58)項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中前述重疊 20 區域調整機構係由設置於前述芯棒内部之偏心裝置構成。 (60) 如前述第(58)項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中前述 重疊區域調整機構係由設置於前述芯棒外部之偏心裝置構 成。 (61) 如第(58)項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中前述重疊 20 WU417428 :==:::件—…密 區域調,㈣物 成在前述芯棒之凹部所構:者“棒外部之加㈣件塞入形Cu: 4.0% by mass or less; and 5 N: more than 0.06% by mass to 0.4% by mass, and the remainder is a high-strength Vostian iron-based stainless steel composed of Fe and unavoidable impurities. (18) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (2) to (12) above, wherein the metal foil is a rolled material of stainless steel, and the Asada loose iron 10 phase is precipitated in the welding portion. (19) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (1) to (18) above, wherein at least one of the surface and the inner surface of the foil tube to which the aforementioned metal foil has been joined and formed is surfaced by a hard electric key layer hardening. (20) The metal foil tube according to the item (19) above, wherein the composition of the aforementioned hard plating layer 15 is mainly one or two or more metals of chromium, nickel, starting, and metal. (21) The metal foil tube according to the item (19) above, wherein the composition of the aforementioned hard plating layer is a Ni-P alloy. (22) The metal foil tube according to the item (21) above, wherein the composition of the aforementioned hard plating layer 20 is a Ni-P alloy containing P in a weight ratio of 1 to 14%. (23) The metal foil tube according to any one of the aforementioned items (1) to (22), which is plated with or contains a group 10 to 11 group element near the joint portion of at least one of the two surfaces of the aforementioned stainless steel foil Alloys containing one or more of these elements, or metals with a melting point of 1200 ° C or lower, followed by resistance welding to the foil to form 14 200417428 0 (24) As in any of the items (1) to (18) above The metal foil tube is formed by heat treatment of the aforementioned metal ^ & mentioned above by joining or reforming at 800 to 1100 ° C. 5 (25) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (1) to (18) above, which is composed of & said non-mineral steel foil by joining or reshaping the above metal $ & 800 ~ After heat treatment at a temperature of 1100 ° C, it is formed by performing hard plating on at least one of the inner and outer surfaces of the aforementioned drop tube. (26) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (1) to (25) above, in which there is a continuous nucleation along the aforementioned weld line in the welded portion of the aforementioned metal box pipe, or along the aforementioned weld There are intermittent dazzling cores in more than 50% of the lines. (27) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (1) to (26) above, wherein the overlapping area (χ) μηι of the joint portion of the aforementioned metal box tube, and the foil thickness (ί) μηι of the aforementioned metal foil When it meets x $ 40 + 5t. 15 (28) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (1) to (27), wherein the ratio of the thickness of the metal foil tube to the inner diameter of the tube is 1/500 or less. (29) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (1) to (28) above, wherein the surface roughness of the aforementioned metal tube as defined by JISB0601-2001 is 20 ° or less. 20 (30) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (1) to (29) above, in which the fatigue test of the metal and the full tube in which the cycle is more than 60 cycles / min and the deformation is less than 0.02% Medium, with a durability of lx 106 times or more. (31) The metal foil tube according to any one of the items (1) to (30), which is a toner baking roller and / or a developing roller used in an image forming apparatus. 15 200417428 (32) —A method for manufacturing a metal foil tube, including: a forming step of forming a metal foil raw plate with a thickness of 10 to 100 μm to form a set of opposite edges, and a welding step, which The opposite edges of the overlap are fused. 5 (33) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to the aforementioned item (32), further comprising a processing step for processing the aforementioned welded portion to make it smooth. (34) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to the aforementioned item (32) or (33), wherein the forming step further includes a positioning step before the facing edges of the metal pig raw plate overlap, The metal foil raw plate 10 is positioned on a forming mandrel. (35) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to the item (34), wherein the positioning step is to hold the metal pig raw plate close to and away from the core pig while maintaining a position that is often parallel to the core rod. A forming device, and when the forming device is close to the core rod and the metal foil raw plate is in contact with the 15 core rod wire, the metal foil raw plate is pressed against the core rod to be positioned. (36) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to the aforementioned item (34) or (35), wherein the forming step further includes a winding step, and the winding step is to bring the forming device closer to the after the positioning step. The mandrel is held between the recessed portion having a semicircular cross-section formed in the 20 forming device and the mandrel, so that the untreated metal foil is wound around the mandrel. (37) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item (36), wherein the forming step further includes an overlapping area adjustment step, and the overlapping area adjustment step 16 is based on the winding step to make the metal box unprocessed sheet The blade of the circumference is displaced in a half-direction to adjust the overlapping area. ^ (38) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item (36) or (37), wherein, when the overlap region ⑻ μm is at a plate thickness ⑴, x ^ 40 + 5t is satisfied. No. 5 (39) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item (32) or (33), wherein the welding step is a resistance welding method. ^ Others (40) The method for manufacturing a metal box tube as described in item (39), wherein the aforementioned electric following welding method is seam welding or flat seam welding. ⑼The manufacturing method of metal box tube according to item (40), wherein the above-mentioned resistance 10 welding is performed by using a pulse power source and setting the ratio of the energized time to the non-energized time to 1/15 ~ 1/17, or using pulses. Power and set the ratio of door to non-energized time when power is on to 1/3 ~ 1/1 for flat seam welding. (42) The method for manufacturing a metal box tube as described in any one of items (32), (33), and ㈣ ~ ⑷), wherein the aforementioned welding step is formed on the = 15 side of the core rod formed along the axial direction The conductive fixed electrode member in the trench and the conductive movable electrode member disposed opposite to the fixed electrode member are energized to conduct electricity. (43) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to the aforementioned item (42), wherein the fixed electrode member is formed as a part or all of the outer surface as a flat surface. 20 (44) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to the aforementioned item (42) or (43), wherein at least a part of the fixed electrode member and / or the movable electrode member is respectively composed of platinum or an oxide-dispersed copper alloy . (45) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of the items (42) to (44) above, wherein the hardness of the fixed electrode member and / or the movable electrode member is 17 200417428 and the aforementioned metal foil raw plate The hardness is about the same. For example, the method of making a golden shot according to any one of the aforementioned items 1 and 2), wherein the metal foil tube is peeled from the core rod and removed by ejecting fluid in a radial direction from the core rod. W) The manufacturing method of the metal_ as described in any one of the items (34) to (37) and (42) above, wherein the core rod is composed of a plurality of members and is beneficial: move-partly in the direction of the axis to let the foregoing The metal foil tube is peeled from the core rod. Ίο W The method for manufacturing a metal drop tube according to any one of the items (32) to (47) above, wherein the ratio of the thickness of the unprocessed plate of the metal box to the diameter It is less than 1 / 5GG. The manufacturing method of a straight metal tube in the stomach is a metal shaft obtained by the method described above. M method, and metal spinning molding method or the 15 two == cold reinforcement to reduce the thickness, and make the shape and surface roughness of the welded part ^ material part, and at least harden the material of the miscellaneous part 20, (50) The manufacturing method of the metal box tube according to any one of items (32) to (49), which is at least less than that of the aforementioned stainless steel The joints on the surface of the order Z are close to: Group M ~ U elements or metals containing these elements M or more to the mouth or to the melting point 120001 or less, and then the method (, 5m Any of the items (32) to (5G) —manufacturing of the tube of the item / Μ "The stainless steel is cut through the joint or the above-mentioned gold M tube is reduced by T at _ ~ _t. 18 200417428 (52) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of (32) to (51), wherein the beautiful metal foil tube constituted by the aforementioned stainless steel foil is joined or reshaped at a temperature of 800 to 1100 ° C. After the heat treatment, hard plating is performed on at least one of the inner and outer surfaces of the foregoing foil tube. 5 (53) The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube as described in (50) or (52) above, wherein The composition is a Ni-P alloy containing P in a weight ratio of 1 to 140/0. (1) A method of manufacturing a metal tube according to any one of (32) to (53), including welding the aforementioned metal foil tube And by this means, there is a continuous nucleus in the weld along the above-mentioned weld, or there is a break in the part above the other weld line along the above-mentioned weld. (55) — A manufacturing device for a metal foil tube, comprising: a forming section for forming an unprocessed metal foil with a plate thickness of ⑺ ~ 丨 ⑼⑼ into a predetermined shape; and 15 welding (56) The manufacturing device for the metal box tube according to item (55), wherein the aforementioned forming part includes: a core rod, which is perpendicular to the axis The cross section is round; the forming device is set to be able to approach and away from the mandrel and can hold the unprocessed plate of the metal box; and the positioning member is used to approach the mandrel and the aforementioned When the unprocessed metal foil plate is in contact with the mandrel wire, press the unprocessed metal foil plate to position it on the aforementioned mandrel, and the manufacturing device of the "metal" famous tube is to move the aforementioned 幵) device so that the first 19 200417428 has been described The positioned metal foil raw plate approaches the mandrel, so that the metal foil raw plate is curled into a U shape around the mandrel in advance. (57) The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item (56), wherein the aforementioned forming device includes: 5 a holding plate, which is arranged to be close to and away from the core while maintaining a parallel state with the core rod, and There are recesses between the rods for winding the metal foil raw plate into a U-shaped semi-circular cross-section; the first pressing member is used to press one piece of the U-shaped metal foil raw plate to make it close. The outer periphery of the mandrel; and a second pressing member for pressing the other piece of the U-shaped metal foil raw plate against the outer periphery of the mandrel, and the forming device makes the aforementioned The opposite end portions of the metal foil raw plate are overlapped to form overlapping portions. (58) The manufacturing device for a metal foil tube according to item (56) or (57), wherein the forming section described in the above 15 further has an overlapping area adjustment mechanism, and the overlapping area adjustment mechanism is used for the aforementioned second pressing member Before pressing, a part of the circumference of the metal foil raw plate is displaced in a radial direction so that the areas where the opposite sides overlap each other are a predetermined value. (59) The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item (58), wherein the aforementioned overlapping 20 area adjustment mechanism is composed of an eccentric device provided inside the aforementioned core rod. (60) The apparatus for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to the aforementioned item (58), wherein the overlapping area adjustment mechanism is constituted by an eccentric device provided outside the core rod. (61) The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item (58), in which the aforementioned overlap is 20 WU417428: == ::: piece —... dense area adjustment, the object is formed in the recess of the aforementioned core rod: External pieces stuffed into shape

V 、⑹)如第⑹)或(62)項之金屬落管之製造裝置, 者 :::::係:輪、輕、圓筒體或棒狀構件:其中:V, ⑹) A metal drop tube manufacturing device as described in item ⑹) or (62), where: ::::: Department: wheel, light, cylindrical or rod-shaped member: of which:

又置成•述芯棒之财向兩端部個別動作。 10Also set • The mandrel's wealth moves individually to both ends. 10

(64) 如第(57)或(58)項之金屬箱管之製 述重疊區域⑻叫於前述板厚⑴帅f+L (65) 如河述第(55)項之金屬箱管之製造裝置,其中前述 炫接部係電阻熔接部。 ’ (66)如前述第(55)項之金屬_管之製造裝置,其中前述 1熔接部包括於前述这棒之外面沿軸方向設置之導電性固定 電極構件及與該固定電極構件對向之導電性可動電極構(64) The overlapping area of the metal box tube as described in item (57) or (58) is called the above-mentioned plate thickness. F + L (65) The manufacture of the metal box tube as described in item (55) The device, wherein the aforementioned dazzling connection portion is a resistance welding portion. '(66) The metal_tube manufacturing device according to the aforementioned item (55), wherein the aforementioned 1 welding portion includes a conductive fixed electrode member provided along the axial direction on the outer surface of the rod, and the fixed electrode member facing the fixed electrode member Conductive movable electrode structure

件、,且’於前述兩電極構件係在挾持前述金屬箱未加工板 之前述重疊部之狀態下熔接。 —(67)如前述第(66)項之金屬箱管製造装置,其中前述固 疋電極構件係形成為外面之一部份或全部為平垣面。 2〇 (68)如前述第(66)項之金屬箔管製造裝置,其中前述可 動電極構件係一面加壓前述重疊部一面通電之電極輪。 (69)如前述第(66)〜(68)項中任一項之金屬箔管製造裝 置,其中前述固定電極構件及/或可動電極構件中至少分別 有一部份由鉬或氧化鋁分散銅合金構成。 21 200417428 如前述第(66H68)項令任一項之金屬箱管 ==述固定電極構件及/或可動電極構件之硬度係與 刖述金屬泊未加工板之硬度大致相同。 制、=如前述第(56)、(57)與剛中任—項之金屬辖管 衣^置,其中前述金屬㈣管储由自前述芯棒内朝半徑 方向噴出流體而與該芯棒剝離以將其取下。 (72)如前述第(56)、(π與(a)項中任 製造裝置,其中前述芯棒具有流體馳/金厲心 田. 令机體通路,且該流體通路係 ίο 用以㈣贿接狀金射!管與邮棒麻之流體。 ⑺)如前述第(56)、(57)與(66)項中任 製造裝置,其中前述芯棒於外周面1有…至,“ , ,、有缺口部以使前述金 屬治未加工板無法密著該芯棒。 (74)如前述第(56)、(57)與(66)項中任一項之 15 製钱置,其中前述芯棒係、由多數構件構成,且,藉由二 其一部份朝軸方向㈣,可使前述金射”與該芯棒剝離。 ⑽如前述第(56)〜(74)項中佐—項之金心管製造裝 置,其中前述金屬箔未加工板之板厚與前述金屬猪管内直 控之比構成為1/500以下。 20 (76)-種金屬ϋ管,係使用如前述第(32)〜(54)項中任一 項之金屬管製造方法,及如前述第(55Η75)項中任_項 之金屬箔管製造裝置所製成者。 圖式簡單說明 第1⑷圖係成形成金屬馆管之金屬猪未加工板之俯視 圖0 22 200417428 第1(B)圖係熔接前之金屬箔管之截面圖。 第1(C)圖係接合部為直線狀之金屬箔管之立體圖。 第1(D)圖係接合部為螺旋狀之金屬箔管之立體圖。 第2圖係本發明之實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置之概 5 略側視圖。 第3圖係第2圖之俯視圖。 第4圖係第3圖之沿4-4線之截面圖。And the two electrode members are welded in a state in which the overlapped portion of the metal box raw plate is held. — (67) The metal box and tube manufacturing device according to the aforementioned item (66), wherein the aforementioned fixed electrode member is formed as a part or all of the outer surface as a flat wall surface. 20 (68) The metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus according to the aforementioned item (66), wherein the movable electrode member is an electrode wheel that is energized while pressurizing the overlap portion. (69) The metal foil tube manufacturing device according to any one of the aforementioned items (66) to (68), wherein at least a portion of the fixed electrode member and / or the movable electrode member are each a copper alloy dispersed with molybdenum or alumina Make up. 21 200417428 As described in (66H68), the metal box tube of any one of the foregoing orders == The hardness of the fixed electrode member and / or the movable electrode member is approximately the same as the hardness of the unprocessed metal plate. System, = as described in (56), (57), and the metal tube of the above-mentioned items, wherein the metal tube is peeled from the core rod by ejecting fluid from the core rod in a radial direction. To remove it. (72) The manufacturing device according to any of the aforementioned items (56), (π, and (a), wherein the core rod has a fluid flow / golden heart field. The body passage is provided, and the fluid passage is used for bribery connection Shaped golden shot! The fluid of the tube and post stick hemp. ⑺) The manufacturing device as described in items (56), (57) and (66) above, wherein the aforementioned core rod has ... to, ",,,,, There is a notch so that the above-mentioned metal raw plate cannot adhere to the core rod. (74) As described in 15 of any one of the items (56), (57) and (66) above, the core rod The system is composed of a plurality of members, and a part of the part is oriented in the axial direction so that the above-mentioned golden shot can be separated from the core rod. (1) As described in the item (56) to (74) in the above-mentioned gold core tube manufacturing device, the ratio of the thickness of the metal foil unprocessed plate to the metal pig tube direct control ratio is 1/500 or less. 20 (76) A metal grate tube, which is manufactured using the metal tube manufacturing method according to any one of the aforementioned items (32) to (54), and the metal foil tube according to any one of the aforementioned (55 to 75) Device made by. Brief description of the drawings Figure 1 is a plan view of a metal pig raw plate forming a metal pavilion. Figure 0 22 200417428 Figure 1 (B) is a sectional view of the metal foil tube before welding. Fig. 1 (C) is a perspective view of a linear metal foil tube with a joint portion. Fig. 1 (D) is a perspective view of a spirally-shaped metal foil tube with a joint portion. Fig. 2 is a schematic side view of a metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 3 is a top view of Figure 2. Figure 4 is a sectional view taken along line 4-4 of Figure 3.

第5圖係第4圖之主要部分放大截面圖。 第6圖係顯示本發明之實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置 10 之熔接狀態之放大截面圖。 第7圖係本發明之實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置中沿 芯棒之軸線之概略截面圖。 第8圖係本發明之實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置之芯 棒之另一例之概略圖。 15 【實方包方式】FIG. 5 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of a main part of FIG. 4. Fig. 6 is an enlarged sectional view showing a welded state of the metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus 10 according to the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 7 is a schematic sectional view along the axis of the core rod in the metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of another example of a core rod of a metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. 15 [Solid package method]

較佳實施例之詳細說明 以下,根據添賦圖示說明本發明之實施形態。 〈金屬箔管〉 本發明係接合或熔接有厚度10〜ΙΟΟμιη,最好是 20 20〜50μιη之金屬箔之金屬箔管。本發明之金屬箔,如以下 說明,可適用於以具有金屬所具備之高彈性、高剛性、極 薄輕量且耐久性優良,並且具有高熱傳導性,完全沒有會 對清晰之全色晝質造成不良影響之振動或旋轉不均等之高 旋轉精度為佳之電子照相式列印機、雷射印表機(LBP)、影 23 印機、及傳真機等影像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用輥或顯像用 輥等。利用習知之薄化技術等時,會使表面粗糙,不易平 ’月’無法製成表面粗縫度Rdgm以下者,然而,如本發明, 例如將軋製不鏽鋼箔接合或溶接來使用時,其表面光滑, 可提供表面粗度2μιη以下者。結果,可提供具有不會對清 晰之全色畫質造成不良影響之振動或旋轉不均等之高旋轉 精度之金屬箔管。又,習知之以熱可塑性樹脂接合之方法, 無法得到充分之接合強度,耐久性亦不佳,然而,由於本 發明係利用金屬接合,所以接合強度充足,耐久性亦優良。 1〇又,習知之以熱可塑性樹脂接合之方法,必需將熱可塑性 15 20DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. <Metal foil tube> The present invention is a metal foil tube in which a metal foil with a thickness of 10 to 100 μm, preferably 20 to 20 to 50 μm, is joined or welded. As described below, the metal foil of the present invention can be applied to a metal having high elasticity, high rigidity, extremely thin and light weight, excellent durability, and high thermal conductivity. The high-rotational accuracy of vibration or uneven rotation that causes bad influences is good for toner baking rollers for image forming devices such as electrophotographic printers, laser printers (LBP), photo printers, and fax machines. Or development roller. When the conventional thinning technology is used, the surface will be rough and difficult to flatten. The surface roughness can not be made below Rdgm. However, according to the present invention, for example, when a rolled stainless steel foil is used for bonding or welding, The surface is smooth, and the surface roughness is less than 2μm. As a result, it is possible to provide a metal foil tube having high rotation accuracy without vibration or rotation unevenness that does not adversely affect clear full-color image quality. Also, the conventional method of joining with a thermoplastic resin cannot obtain sufficient joining strength and has poor durability. However, since the present invention uses metal joining, the joining strength is sufficient and the durability is excellent. 10 Also, the conventional method of joining with a thermoplastic resin requires thermoplasticity 15 20

樹脂塗布於金屬箔表面成均一厚度,成本高,但本發明不 需要該步驟,就可提供生產性優異,且低成本之金屬箔管。 又,該金屬箔管耗電量少,機械之反覆應力優異,又,於 疲勞试驗等中耐久性優異,製品壽命長,於2〇〇〜4〇〇。〇左右 之高溫使用溫度領域中亦不會產生熱脆化,可適於使用於 石反粉烘烤用輥等,並且可使用如不鏽鋼之合金。再者,可 使電子照相式列印機、雷射印表機(LBp)、影印機、及傳真 機等之影像形絲置小型化及輕量化,又,可省能源化f 於此’本發明之金屬箱管之厚度(管厚)超㈣〇心 時,由於熱傳導劣化,因此,由省能源模式起動需要長時 ,。又’由於重量增加,且箱厚時,不易達成薄型化、輕 量化’因此,有無法符合傾向於小型輕量化之利用者或J 造者之要求之虞。另外,雖然不鏽㈣之厚度是越薄越好衣 然而,小於10//m時,強度與剛性降低,反而不易處理 24 此外,如前述,本發明係將金屬箔直接接合之金屬箔 δ,因此,可使其表面粗度!^為2//111以下,且宜為⑴卜工 以下。此係由於如前述,可藉接合於沒有損及軋製後之 金屬箔之表面粗度之情況下,形成金屬箔管。此外,依照 =要,亦可於軋製後再進行表面加工。又,由於軋製後之 =屬箔之表面粗度Rz小於,成本高,所以該金屬 磘之表面粗度Rz係以以上為佳。藉此,可提供高彈 性、高剛性、極薄且輕量,並且耐久性優異,再者,具有 對清晰之全色畫質造成不良㈣之振動或旋轉不均等 之兩旋轉精度之表面性狀之良好之管,而可使用於電子照 相式列印機、雷射印表機(LBP)、影印機、傳真機等影像形 ^襄置之碳韻烤用輥、魏、及定洲輥之金屬箱 管。 此外,前述表面粗度Rz之測定方法,可藉耶 B_1-2GG1(最大高度粗度)所規定之測定法進行,然而,並 沒有限定於此。 接著,本發明之金屬猪管所使用之金屬箱材料,沒有 特別限制’可朗使用用途適宜㈣擇最適當之材料,然 ^ ’由使用於電子照相式列印機、雷射印表機(LBP)、影印 機、傳真機等影像形錢置之定影_、顯像雜、加熱 親等時’由可謀求高彈性、高剛性、㈣且輕量化,耐久 &amp;優異,亚且具有不會對清晰之全色畫質造成不良影響之 2動或旋轉不均等之高旋轉精度之方面來看,係以不鑛鋼 々為it具體而5 ’其材質係肥粒鐵系不錄鋼、麻田散鐵 200417428 系不鏽鋼、沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼、及析出硬化型不鏽鋼之其 中一種。此外,如後述之實施例7,前述析出硬化型不鏽鋼, 於藉電阻溶接等接合製成金屬箔管,並進行研磨等加工處 理後,依使用之不鏽鋼之特性,可藉進行例如固熔化熱處 5理,且必要時進行中間處理,及析出硬化熱處理等,使金 屬箔管析出硬化以得到高耐力,又,可使母材部與熔接部 之硬度大致相同,且耐久性更加提昇。各不鏽鋼種可由此 時之固熔化熱處理、必要時之中間處理、析出硬化熱處理 等條件,選擇最適當條件。 © 10 迄今’將金屬箔直接接合之技術尚未確立,然而,本 發明之接合技術,可依照使用目的,廣泛地使用軟材質之 不鏽鋼箔至硬材質之不鏽鋼箔之各種材料,又,可提供不 會因使用材料有任何限制,且用途寬廣之金屬箔管。此外, 本舍明之金屬、治官之材料並沒有偈限於此,亦可使用例如 15 Fe基超合金、Ni及Ni合金、Co及Co合金、Ti及Ti合金、Nb 及Nb合金、Zr及Zr合金、及Ta及Ta合金等。 _ 本發明之金屬箔管之金屬箔之材料,係以肥粒鐵系不 鏽鋼、麻田散鐵系不鏽鋼、沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼、及析出硬 化型不鏽鋼之其中一種不鏽鋼作為原板,並於後進行軋製 20所得到之軋製材、與再於軋製後進行退火所得到之退火 材,除此以外,拉力退火材等亦適合,但並不侷限此等。 具體而言,可舉例有以除了 jIS中SUS4〇〇型號所規定之肥粒 鐵系不鏽鋼箔以外,還有SUSXM27或Τρ·409系等之肥粒鐵 系不鏽鋼箔,與除了 JIS中SUS400型號所規定之麻田散鐵系 26 200417428 不鏽鋼箔、JIS中SUS200型號及300型號所規定之沃斯田鐵 系不鏽鋼箔以外,還有SUSXM7,SUSXM15Jl,Tp.302B,Tp.3i4 系等沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼箔、及SUS63〇及SUS631等析出硬化 型不鏽鋼中之其中一種不鏽鋼作為原板,並於後進行箔軋 5製所得到之軋製材、與於軋製後再進行退火所得到之退火 材及析出處理材等。 又,本發明之金屬箔管,係以藉電阻熔接接合者為佳, 具體而言,電阻熔接係縫熔接、且以壓平縫熔接為佳。又, 本發明之金屬箔管,與以習知薄化技術構成者相比,表面 10平滑性更優異,然而為了達成如此之表面平滑性,接合部 與母材部之間之接合亦必需具有優異之表面平滑性,且接 合部與母材部之硬度差以維氏硬度(Ην)計,必需為母材部 硬度之25%以下。因此,該接合部係以電阻熔接接合者為 佳,具體而言,電阻熔接係縫熔接、且以壓平縫熔接為佳。 15使用前述接合方法構成之金屬箔管,係採用施加電極熔接 壓力來進行接縫之電阻溶接法之縫溶接,與於以盤狀電極 強力加壓之狀態下,一面按壓接縫部分一面溶接,而得到 接近對接之接合部之熔接法之壓平縫熔接,使接合部之箔 組於適度之電極加壓下連續地壓平而可形成接近對接之接 2〇合部。因此,溶接部之厚度平坦化,於之後進行表面加工 %不必於箔組之接合部施加過大之負荷,就可簡單地實 施接合後之平滑加工,因此,可降低製造成本。結果,可 形成如前述之表面粗度Rz低且平滑之表面(接合部)。 再者本發明之金屬箔管中,係以於金屬箔管之溶接 27 部沿炼接線存在有連續之溶核(炼融凝固部分)、或沿溶接線 ^50%以上之部分存在有斷續之溶核為佳。這是因為利用 可大致以非熔融之方式熔接及/或壓接之縫熔接等進行接 $合時,該炼接部可藉沿炼接線存在有連續之炼核(炼融凝固 5之部分)、或沿熔接線於50%以上之部分存在有斷續之熔 核’穩定地提昇溶接部之強度。 即,通常於縫熔接時,一旦生成熔核,即使圓盤狀之 電極(參照第6圖之標號32)旋轉行進,大部分電流亦於電阻 j之熔核部分流動(無效電流),而新接合之界面中由於電 阻只有少量電流流動。因此,該部分於未到達溶融溫 度時成為壓接狀態。一旦壓接部分完成時,此處電阻亦變 小,因此,會與熔核相同地妨礙於其前方生成熔核。為了 避免如此之惡性循環,本發明人等使用脈衝電源進行縫溶 接,於短通電時間之後設置較長之非通電時間,並藉重複 15該循環而成功地得到連續溶核。此時,最適當之通電時間 與非通電時間之比係1/12〜1/8,少於1/12或超過1/8〜1/6時, 會生成斷續之溶核。依照本發明人等之實驗,得知即使是 斷續之炫核,若炫接線之長度之5〇%以上覆蓋有炫核強 度上亦不會有問題。為了得到覆蓋溶接長度5〇%以上之炫 2〇核,必需將通電時間與非通電時間之比設定為1/15〜1/7。由 以上觀點來看,本發明之金屬箱管亦可以說是以使用脈衝 電源’並將通電時間與#通電時間比設定為1A 5〜丨/7來進行 縫溶接所構成者為佳。 再者壓平縫溶接亦可利用非溶接之方式溶接及/或壓 28 10 15 20 接,且’該壓平縫炫接由於沒有形成炫接部,因此具有硬度不降,之優點,即使如此,為了要更穩定地提昇炫接部 之,度時’可使用脈衝電源進行解_接,此時,發現 有,適當之通電時間與非通電時間之比。#,本發明之金 屬泊管’使用脈衝電源,且設定通電時間與非通電時間之 為3 1/1來進订壓平縫溶接而構成者亦可說是較佳態樣 之一 〇 之金屬羯管之熔接部令除了沿接合 生之熔核之部分以外,都為無留下熔融相之固相接合 技⑼日此與王厚度殘留找融相之雷射祕或電漿炼 =相比’可防止因接合部之組成變化(結晶構造變化)造成=低。又’由於該接合部與非接合部(母材部)之硬度等 =祕大致㈣,因此,不㈣轉合部與母材部之邊 =或接合面之應力集中促使急速之金屬疲勞等而產生裂 :用,剝離等,而有優異之耐久性。因此,將金樹 /像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用輥或顯像用輥等時,可 壽耗。然而,使用之材料為軟材質時,亦可使 材之力小而於炫接部留下細目,而減少與母 至二知’本發明之金樹之炼接部中, —邛八亦;:口相接合。此時’固相接合可為接合面之 邛分,亦可為全部。此外, 接™壓平一::=^^ =部接合面_合。由二之=: 有不會因接合部之組錢化復㈣㈣化)造成強度The resin is coated on the surface of the metal foil to have a uniform thickness and high cost, but the present invention does not require this step, and can provide a metal foil tube with excellent productivity and low cost. In addition, the metal foil tube has low power consumption, excellent mechanical stress, and excellent durability in fatigue tests and the like, and has a long product life, ranging from 2000 to 400. It does not cause thermal embrittlement in the high-temperature use temperature range of about 〇. It is suitable for use in stone invert powder baking rolls, and alloys such as stainless steel can be used. Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the size and weight of the image wires of electrophotographic printers, laser printers (LBp), photocopiers, and facsimiles, and to save energy. When the thickness (pipe thickness) of the invented metal box tube exceeds ㈣0, the heat conduction deteriorates, so it takes a long time to start from the energy saving mode. In addition, since the weight is increased and it is difficult to achieve a reduction in thickness and weight when the box is thick, there is a possibility that it may not meet the requirements of users or J-makers who tend to reduce the size and weight. In addition, although the thickness of the stainless steel is thinner, the better the clothing. However, when the thickness is less than 10 // m, the strength and rigidity are reduced, which makes it difficult to handle. 24 In addition, as mentioned above, the present invention is a metal foil δ that directly joins metal foils. Therefore, the surface roughness can be reduced to 2 // 111 or less, and preferably less than or equal to the mason. This is because, as described above, the metal foil tube can be formed by joining without impairing the surface roughness of the rolled metal foil. In addition, as required, surface processing can also be performed after rolling. In addition, since the surface roughness Rz of the metal foil after rolling is smaller and the cost is higher, the surface roughness Rz of the metal hafnium is preferably the above. As a result, it can provide high elasticity, high rigidity, extremely thin and light weight, and excellent durability. Furthermore, it has the surface properties of two rotation precisions that cause bad vibration and poor rotation of clear full-color image quality. Good tube, can be used for electrophotographic printers, laser printers (LBP), photocopiers, fax machines and other image shapes ^ Xiangjia carbon rhyme baking roller, Wei, and Dingzhou roller metal Box tube. In addition, the measurement method of the surface roughness Rz can be performed by the measurement method specified by B_1-2GG1 (maximum height roughness), however, it is not limited to this. Next, the metal box material used in the metal pig tube of the present invention is not particularly limited. The material that can be used is suitable for selecting the most appropriate material. However, it is used in electrophotographic printers and laser printers ( LBP), photocopiers, facsimiles, and other image fixing devices, such as fixing, image development, heating, etc., can achieve high elasticity, high rigidity, slim and lightweight, durable &amp; excellent In terms of the high rotation accuracy of 2 movements or uneven rotation, which is adversely affected by the clear full-color image quality, it is based on non-mineral steel 々 and 5 ′. Its material is fertilized iron, non-recorded steel, and Ma Tiansan. One of iron 200417428 series stainless steel, Vostian iron series stainless steel, and precipitation hardening stainless steel. In addition, as in Example 7 described later, the aforementioned precipitation hardening stainless steel is joined to form a metal foil tube by resistance welding or the like, and processed by grinding and other processing. Depending on the characteristics of the stainless steel used, for example, solid heat treatment can be performed. 5 processes, and if necessary, intermediate treatment, precipitation hardening heat treatment, etc., the metal foil tube is precipitated and hardened to obtain high endurance, and the hardness of the base material portion and the welded portion is substantially the same, and the durability is further improved. For each stainless steel, the most appropriate conditions can be selected based on the solid-melt heat treatment, intermediate treatment, and precipitation hardening heat treatment if necessary. © 10 So far, the technology of directly joining metal foils has not been established. However, the joining technology of the present invention can widely use various materials from soft stainless steel foil to hard stainless steel foil according to the purpose of use. There are any restrictions on the use of materials and a wide range of metal foil tubes. In addition, Ben Sheming's metals and governor's materials are not limited to this. For example, 15 Fe-based superalloys, Ni and Ni alloys, Co and Co alloys, Ti and Ti alloys, Nb and Nb alloys, Zr and Zr can be used. Alloys, and Ta and Ta alloys. _ The material of the metal foil of the metal foil tube of the present invention is one of the stainless steel of ferrous iron, stainless steel of Asada, iron of stainless, and stainless steel of precipitation hardening type as the original plate, and is carried out later. In addition to the rolled material obtained by rolling 20 and the annealed material obtained by annealing after rolling, tensile annealing materials are also suitable, but they are not limited to these. Specifically, for example, in addition to the ferrous-grained iron-based stainless steel foil specified in the SUS400 model in jIS, there are ferrous-grained iron-based stainless steel foils such as SUSXM27 or Tρ · 409 series, and those other than those in the JIS SUS400 In addition to Asada loose iron 26 200417428 stainless steel foil, Vostian iron stainless steel foil specified in JIS SUS200 and 300 models, there are also SUSXM7, SUSXM15Jl, Tp.302B, Tp.3i4 and other Vostian iron systems. One of stainless steel foils and one of the precipitation hardening stainless steels such as SUS63 and SUS631 is used as the original plate, and then the rolled material obtained by foil rolling 5 and the annealed material obtained by annealing after rolling and precipitation Treatment materials, etc. The metal foil tube of the present invention is preferably one that is joined by resistance welding. Specifically, the resistance welding is seam welding and flat seam welding is more preferable. In addition, the metal foil tube of the present invention has better smoothness on the surface 10 than those constructed with conventional thinning technology. However, in order to achieve such surface smoothness, the joint between the joint portion and the base material portion must also have Excellent surface smoothness, and the hardness difference between the joint portion and the base material portion must be 25% or less of the hardness of the base material portion in terms of Vickers hardness (Ην). Therefore, the joint is preferably a resistance welded joint, and more specifically, the resistance welded joint is seam welded and the flat seam welded. 15 The metal foil tube constituted by the aforementioned joining method is a joint welding by resistance welding method in which a joint is applied with electrode welding pressure, and is welded while pressing the joint portion under a state of strong pressure by a disk electrode. And the flat seam welding of the welding method close to the butt joint is made, and the foil group of the joint is continuously flattened under a moderate electrode pressure to form a near joint but 20 joint. Therefore, the thickness of the welded portion is flattened, and surface processing is performed later. It is not necessary to apply an excessive load to the bonding portion of the foil group, and smooth processing after bonding can be easily performed. Therefore, manufacturing cost can be reduced. As a result, a smooth surface (junction portion) with a low surface roughness Rz as described above can be formed. In addition, in the metal foil tube of the present invention, there are continuous nucleation (smelting and melting part) along the melting line in 27 parts of the metal foil tube, or there are discontinuities along the melting line ^ 50% The nucleation is better. This is because when the welding is performed by seam welding, which can be welded and / or crimped in a substantially non-melt manner, the smelting section can have continuous smelting along the smelting line (the part of smelting and solidification 5). Or there are intermittent nuggets along the weld line above 50% to stably increase the strength of the weld. That is, in the case of seam welding, once a nugget is generated, even if the disc-shaped electrode (refer to reference numeral 32 in FIG. 6) rotates and advances, most of the current flows in the nugget portion of the resistor j (ineffective current), and the new Only a small amount of current flows in the bonded interface due to the resistance. Therefore, this portion becomes a crimped state when the melting temperature is not reached. Once the crimping section is completed, the resistance here is also reduced, and as a result, nuggets are prevented from forming in the same way as nuggets. In order to avoid such a vicious cycle, the inventors used a pulsed power source for seam fusion, set a longer non-current time after a short power-on time, and successfully obtained continuous nucleation by repeating this cycle. At this time, the ratio of the most suitable energizing time to the non-energizing time is 1/12 to 1/8. When it is less than 1/12 or exceeds 1/8 to 1/6, intermittent nucleation will be generated. According to the experiments by the inventors, it is known that even if the intermittent dazzle cores are covered by the dazzle cores, more than 50% of the length of the dazzle lines will not cause problems. In order to obtain a dazzling 20 core that covers 50% or more of the welding length, it is necessary to set the ratio of the power-on time to the power-off time to 1/15 to 1/7. From the above point of view, it can be said that the metal box tube of the present invention is constituted by using a pulse power source 'and performing the seam welding by setting the ratio of the energization time to #the energization time to 1A 5 ~ 丨 / 7. In addition, the flat seam weld can also be welded and / or pressed 28 10 15 20 by non-welding, and 'the flat seam dazzle joint has the advantage that the hardness is not reduced because no dazzle joint is formed. Even so In order to more stably improve the dazzle connection, you can use a pulse power supply for disconnection. At this time, it is found that there is a proper ratio of the power-on time to the power-off time. # , The metal mooring pipe of the present invention uses a pulsed power supply, and sets the energization time and the non-energization time to 3 1/1 to make a flat seam to melt and weld, and it can be said that the metal is one of the better forms. 0 The welding part of the stern tube makes solid-phase bonding technology without leaving a molten phase except for the part along the nucleus where the raw material is welded. Compared with the laser secretion or plasma refining of the thick phase remaining melting phase, 'It is possible to prevent = low due to a change in the composition of the joint (change in crystal structure). Also, because the hardness and the like of the joint portion and the non-joint portion (base material portion) are approximately equal, the edge of the joint portion and the base material portion = or the stress concentration on the joint surface promotes rapid metal fatigue, etc. Cracking: use, peeling, etc., and has excellent durability. Therefore, when the toner baking roller or the developing roller of a golden tree / image forming apparatus is used, the life is consumed. However, when the material used is a soft material, the strength of the material can be made small, leaving details in the dazzling joints, and reducing the number of joints with the mother to the two 'in the smelting joint of the golden tree of the present invention, — 邛 八 也;相接。 Phase joint. In this case, the 'solid phase bonding may be a fraction of the bonding surface, or may be all. In addition, ™™ flattens one :: = ^^ = 部 接面 _ 合. From two of =: Will there be strength caused by the combination of money in the joints?

29 200417428 降低之優點。 係以利用前述電阻熔接(包含縫熔接、壓平縫熔接)等之 大致以非熔融之方式熔接及/或壓接,使接合部之重疊區域 Ο)於鈾述金屬箔之箔厚⑴時,滿足x$4〇 + 5t之金屬箔管為 佳。於此,當重疊區域(x)較40 + 5t大時,可再進行表面加 工。此外,其中重疊區域(幻及金屬箔之箔厚⑴之單位都為 // m。 10 本發明之金屬箔管中,熔接部與母材部(非熔接部)之硬 度差(維氏硬度)之絕對值,以維氏硬度(Hv)計時,係以母材 部之硬度之25%以下為佳。熔接部與母材部(非熔接部)之硬 度差之絕對值以維氏硬度(Hv)計,超過母材部之硬度之25%29 200417428 The advantages of reduction. When the above-mentioned resistance welding (including seam welding, flat seam welding) and the like are used to weld and / or crimp in a substantially non-melt manner so that the overlapping area of the joint is 0) when the foil thickness of the uranium metal foil is thick, A metal foil tube satisfying x $ 40 + 5t is preferred. Here, when the overlapping area (x) is larger than 40 + 5t, surface processing can be performed again. In addition, the overlapping areas (the units of the foil thickness and the thickness of the metal foil are // m. 10) In the metal foil tube of the present invention, the hardness difference (Vickers hardness) between the welded portion and the base material portion (non-welded portion) The absolute value is measured by Vickers hardness (Hv), which is preferably 25% or less of the hardness of the base material portion. The absolute value of the hardness difference between the welded portion and the base material portion (non-welded portion) is measured by Vickers hardness (Hv) ), The hardness exceeds 25% of the base material

時’熔接部與母材部(非熔接部)之邊界部會因硬度差造成冶 15 2之凹痕效果,而會因金屬疲勞等容易產生裂痕或龜裂 等此外,習知之雷射溶接法,會因溶接部溶解而硬度降 低忒維氏硬度(Hv)之測量方法,係依據jig z 2244(1998)。 本發明可利用適當地選擇前述熔接法或材料或熱處理方 法防止熔接部與母材部(非熔接部)之硬度差,而可提升金 屬冷官整體之耐久性,且可實現不會因機械強度(硬度差)At the time, the boundary part between the welded part and the base material part (non-welded part) will cause a dent effect of 15 2 due to the difference in hardness, and it is easy to produce cracks or cracks due to metal fatigue. In addition, the conventional laser welding method The method of measuring the hardness of the Vickers hardness (Hv) due to the dissolution of the welded part is based on jig z 2244 (1998). The present invention can prevent the difference in hardness between the welded part and the base material part (non-welded part) by appropriately selecting the aforementioned welding method or material or heat treatment method, and can improve the overall durability of the metal cold official, and can be achieved without mechanical strength. (Different hardness)

^成疑轉不均或振動之高旋轉精度 20 ^又,本發明之金屬箔管中,不鏽鋼箔可使用以肥粒鐵 系不鏽鋼或麻田散鐵系不鏽鋼之軋製材,並於熔接部析出 麻田散鐵相者。具體而言,可舉例有SUS41GL等肥粒鐵系 不讀鋼、SUS403、SUS410 系、SUS420 系、、SUS43 卜 SUS44〇 系等麻田散鐵系不鏽鋼等於熔接部析出麻田散鐵相者。是 30 該等鋼時,祕部會_接熱,析出麻田散鐵而硬化,對 於母材部’則係顧軋製之加硬化使其硬化,可減少溶 接部與母材部之硬度差。 又,麻田散鐵系不鏽鋼,於熔解後可利用適當之溫度 5進行熱處理,使硬度調整至Hv300至6〇〇之大範圍。 又 使用如前述之硬材質作為不鏽鋼“構成金屬箱管 =,例如,可適於使用在3〇&quot;喊下之厚度之金屬猪管之用 途。特別,使用前述硬材質作為不鏽鋼箔時,可提升熔接 部之機械性質。0此,可增加疲勞壽命,而可提昇财久性。 〇再者,亦可縮短由省電模式起動之時間。 〃又,本發明之金屬猪管中,不鏽鋼箱可舉例有SUS304 等JIS所規定之SUS300型號規定之沃斯田鐵系不鑛鋼經札 製、退火而構成之退火材。使用如此之軟材質作為不鐘鋼 絲構成金屬猪管時,由於炫接部並不會硬化太多,且母 15材部為軟材質,因此,可得到整體上軟質之管。此時,可 使用與金屬猪之硬度大致相同硬度之電極材’於不損及電 極材及金屬猪雙方之情況下作接合。特別,金屬猪係使用 沃斯田鐵系不錄鋼之退火材時,可有助於使銅等電傳導性 優異之材料組合於電極材。 20^ It is suspected of uneven rotation or high rotational accuracy of vibration. 20 ^ In the metal foil tube of the present invention, the stainless steel foil can be made of rolled steel made of ferrous iron-based stainless steel or Asada scattered iron-based stainless steel. Scattered iron phase. Specifically, for example, SUS41GL and other ferritic iron-based non-reading steels, SUS403, SUS410, SUS420, and SUS43 and SUS44〇 stainless steels are equivalent to the precipitation of the Mata loose iron phase at the weld. When it is 30 such steels, the Secret Department will contact with heat and precipitate Asada scattered iron to harden. For the base material section, the rolling and hardening are taken into account to reduce the hardness difference between the welded section and the base material section. In addition, Asita stainless steel can be heat-treated at an appropriate temperature 5 after melting to adjust the hardness to a wide range of Hv300 to 600. It also uses the hard material as described above as stainless steel to form a metal box tube. For example, it can be suitable for the use of a metal pig tube with a thickness of 30%. In particular, when the foregoing hard material is used as a stainless steel foil, Improve the mechanical properties of the weld. 0 This can increase the fatigue life and improve the longevity. 〇 Furthermore, it can also shorten the time to start from the power saving mode. 〃 Also, in the metal pig tube of the present invention, the stainless steel box For example, there is an annealed material made of Vosstian iron-based non-mineral steel that is specified by SUS300 and JIS such as SUS304 and is annealed and annealed. When using such a soft material as a bell wire to form a metal pig tube, The part does not harden too much, and the mother 15 material part is soft material, so you can obtain a soft tube as a whole. At this time, you can use an electrode material that is about the same hardness as the hardness of the metal pig, so as not to damage the electrode material. In the case of both metal pigs and metal pigs, in particular, when the metal pigs use an annealed material made of Vosstian iron-based non-steel steel, it can help to combine materials with excellent electrical conductivity such as copper in the electrode material.

使用前述沃斯田鐵系不鐵鋼之退火材作為金屬猪時, 母材部係以維氏硬度(Hv)i8(uXT·者為佳。如此-來,具有 於製造階段中加工性優異,及容易成型成管狀等特性/又, 亦具有高精度地_(衝切)金屬糾,Μ產生翹曲或周緣 部變形等優點。又’與金衫之硬度大致同程度之硬度之 31 200417428 5 :::例如有鉬、氧化鋁分散銅合金等,由於可使用如 别边之=材’因此於製造階段可防止電㈣及管損傷。 =述金屬奸之耐久性、耐磨損性優異、高循環疲 分哥中長之觀點來看,材質,即,金射I管之母材部及接 ^部(溶接部)之材質之維氏硬度(Hv)係以300〜_為佳,且 最=是侧〜卿。即,由在製造階段中為了使加卫性^異, 且容易成形成管_觀財看,母材敎維氏硬度係:⑽ 以下,佳。然而,由使用性能方面來看,為了增加高循環 疲勞壽命’在大部分之情形下係以管材質為硬者為佳。因When using the aforementioned annealed material of Vostian iron-based non-iron steel as the metal pig, the base material is preferably Vickers hardness (Hv) i8 (uXT.). In this way, it has excellent workability in the manufacturing stage, And easy to form into a tube and other characteristics /, also has high precision _ (die-cutting) metal correction, M produces warpage or peripheral edge deformation and other advantages. Also 'hardness of approximately the same degree as the hardness of the gold shirt 31 200417428 5 ::: For example, molybdenum, alumina-dispersed copper alloys, etc., can be used in the manufacturing stage to prevent electrical damage and tube damage due to the use of materials such as other materials. = Said metal has excellent durability, wear resistance, From the point of view of high cycle fatigue, the material, that is, the Vickers hardness (Hv) of the material of the base metal part and the joint part (melting part) of the metal tube I is preferably 300 ~ _, and Most = is the side to the bottom. That is, in order to make the protective properties different in the manufacturing stage, and easy to form a tube_look at the wealth, the base material 敎 Vickers hardness system: ⑽ or less, good. However, the use performance From the perspective, in order to increase the high cycle fatigue life, in most cases, it is better to use the pipe material as the hard material.

10 此,亦可對於經由接合且料金㈣所得狀金屬箱管, 再施灯冷加JL使其厚度減薄’並使該接合部平滑以調整該 接合部之形狀及表面粗度,並U少使該接合部之材質加 工硬化。藉此,可使包含該接合部之材質之維氏硬度田v) 提昇至前述規定之範圍,且,於使用性能方面可提昇耐久 15 性、耐磨損性。結果,可同時提昇熔接階段之加工性,及 使用性能方面之高循環疲勞壽命兩者。 本發明亦可包含前述金屬羯管之熔接部在内地對全體 進行加工使其厚度變薄’並使該接合部平滑以調整該接合 部之形狀及表面粗度,並且使包含該接合部在内之管整體 2〇材質加工硬化。此係因為如前述,大致以非溶融方式溶接 及/或壓接金屬箱時,使用柔軟之箱素材者之2片重疊部容 易損害,又,得知在大部份的情形下最好管材質為硬,以 減少電極之缺陷,另一方面,由使用性能方面來看,可增 加高循環疲勞壽命。可解決該矛盾點之本發明之更進一步10 In this way, the metal box tube obtained by bonding and material can also be cold-applied with JL to reduce the thickness' and make the joint smooth to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the joint. The material of the joint is hardened. As a result, the Vickers hardness field v) of the material including the joint portion can be increased to the range specified above, and the durability and wear resistance can be improved in terms of use performance. As a result, both the processability in the welding phase and the high cycle fatigue life in terms of serviceability can be improved at the same time. The present invention may also include processing the entire welded portion of the metal stern tube to reduce the thickness of the entire portion, and smooth the joint to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the joint, and include the joint. The entire tube is made of hardened material. This is because, as mentioned above, when the metal box is welded and / or crimped in a non-melt manner, the two overlapping parts of the soft box material are easy to damage, and it is known that the tube material is best in most cases It is hard to reduce the defect of the electrode. On the other hand, from the aspect of use performance, it can increase the high cycle fatigue life. A further step of the invention that can resolve this contradiction

32 7改良’係將退火狀態之紐接,再藉擠擊法、分割親乾 製^、壓模法、及金屬旋壓式成型法或該等方法之組合進 仃冷加工以減少厚度,並且使熔接部平滑以調整該熔接部 之形狀與表面粗度,並且使該溶接部之材質加工硬化。藉 可3曰加金屬箔管之疲勞壽命。即,適用前述加工法之 金屬泊官,係以使用如前述之熔接退火狀態之箔所構成者 為佳,然而,並非不能使用熔接未退火之落所構成者。即, 對金屬羯管施行冷加工以減少其厚度,且使該接合部變得 平滑以調整前述接合部之形狀與表面粗度,並且使該接合 10部之材質加工硬化,藉此可增加金屬箱管之疲勞壽命時, 熔接未退火之箔所構成者亦於本發明之前述技術範圍中。 前述金屬箔管之熔接部之加工法,可使用例如擠擊 法刀d輥軋製法、壓模法、及金屬旋壓式成型法或該等 方法之組合進行冷加工。然而,本發明為可使接合部變得 15平滑以調整前述接合部之形狀與表面粗度,並且至少使該 接合部之材質加工硬化者,並沒有侷限該等冷加工法。 宜藉丽述加工法進行冷加工,使熔接部變的平滑,將 該炫接部調整成與母材部在外觀上、形狀、表面粗度及硬 度上沒有區另卜藉A,可提供可達成不具有會對清晰之全 20色晝貝造成不良影響之振動或旋轉不均之高旋轉精度,並 且官表面整體光滑,又,耐久性優異之金屬箔管。 同樣地,最好是利用使熔接部平滑,將表面粗度調整 成仙刪01侧1(最大高度粗度)規定之表面粗度^ _ 以下為佳,最好是〇·1〜ΐμιη。特別,藉前述加工法進行之冷 33 200417428 加工’適於調整表面粗度,對於可調整成接近前述適合之 犯圍之下限值(參照後述之實施例9之表1)方面極為有效。 又’係以進行冷加工,使材質、金屬箔管之母材部及 接合部(熔接部)之材質加工硬化,藉此使材質之維氏硬度 5 (Hv)為3〇〇〜6〇0為佳,最好是4〇〇〜600,並且尤宜為 450〜550。藉此,可如前述般,提供一種具有可於作為影像 形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用輥或顯像用輥等時,使耐久性、耐 磨摘性優異,且增加高循環疲勞壽命之有效硬度之熔接金 屬箔管。 又’ A述金屬硒係使用前述沃斯田鐵系不鑛鋼之退火 材時,為了高精度地切割(衝切)金屬箔時,不產生摺皺或裂 痕(破裂)等,不鏽鋼箔全體(整體)之氮元素之含量係以〇〇6 質量%以下為佳,且尤以〇力3質量%以下為佳。又,同時, 不鏽鋼箔表層之最大氮濃度係以3質量%以下為佳。於此, 15所謂不鏽鋼箔表層,係指藉退火處理形成於表面之氧化皮 膜。一般’氧化皮膜係指最表層至由氧濃度峰值到5〇%之 =度之部分。不鏽鋼箔之氮含量超過〇 〇6質量%時,不鏽鋼 =變硬,因此於高精度地切割(衝切)金屬猪時會有容易產生 衣痕、破裂之虞。it f,不鏽鋼薄板或僅經過軋製之不鏽 鋼、4中,氮並沒有顯著增加,然而於製造階段進行退火時, 大氣%境中之A氣體會進入不鏽鋼箔中,產生顯著氮化。 2此’於整體之氮含量增加之同時,表層之氧化皮膜中之 鼠含量亦顯著增加。由於表層部之氮含量相對於整體内部 曰力口,因此,會車父整體内部更高硬度化。結果,高精度地 34 200417428 切割(衝切)金屬箔時,表層部會產生輕微破裂,並於厚度方 向上產生裂痕。 又,金屬箔係使用前述沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼之退火材 時,具體來說,其材質係以使用SUS系列中之SUS304、32 7Improvement 'is the joint in the annealed state, and then cold-worked to reduce the thickness by squeeze extrusion, split affinity ^, compression molding, and metal spinning molding method or a combination of these methods, and The welded portion is smoothed to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the welded portion, and the material of the welded portion is processed and hardened. It can be said that the fatigue life of metal foil pipe. That is, it is preferable that the metal pouch to which the aforementioned processing method is applied is constituted by using the foil in an annealed state as described above. However, it is not incapable of using an unannealed foil. That is, cold working is performed on the metal stern tube to reduce its thickness, and the joint is smoothed to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the aforementioned joint, and the material of the joint 10 is processed and hardened, thereby increasing the metal box. In the fatigue life of the tube, those made by welding unannealed foil are also within the aforementioned technical scope of the present invention. The method for processing the welded portion of the metal foil tube can be cold-processed using, for example, an extrusion method, a d-rolling method, a stamping method, a metal spinning method, or a combination of these methods. However, the present invention is not limited to these cold working methods in order to make the joint portion 15 smooth to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the aforementioned joint portion, and to at least harden the material of the joint portion. It should be cold-processed by Lishu processing method to make the welded part smooth. Adjust the glare part to have no difference in appearance, shape, surface roughness, and hardness from the base material part. Besides, A can be provided. It does not have a high accuracy of vibration or uneven rotation that adversely affects the clear 20-color daylight, and the overall surface is smooth and durable. Similarly, it is preferable to smooth the welded portion and adjust the surface roughness to the surface roughness specified by the side 1 (maximum height roughness) of the sensation 01 ^ _ is preferably below, and more preferably 0.1 to ΐμιη. In particular, cold processing by the aforementioned processing method 33 200417428 processing is suitable for adjusting the surface roughness, and is extremely effective in that it can be adjusted to be close to the aforementioned lower limit of suitable violation (refer to Table 1 of Example 9 described later). In addition, the material is cold-processed to harden the material, the base material of the metal foil tube, and the material of the joint (welded portion), so that the Vickers hardness 5 (Hv) of the material is 300 ~ 600. Preferably, it is preferably 400 to 600, and particularly preferably 450 to 550. Accordingly, as described above, it is possible to provide a roller having a toner baking roller or a developing roller which can be used as an image forming apparatus, which is excellent in durability and abrasion resistance, and is effective in increasing high cycle fatigue life. Hardness welded metal foil tube. In addition, when the metal selenium series described above uses an annealed material of the aforementioned Wastfield iron-based non-mineral steel, in order to accurately cut (punch) the metal foil, no wrinkles or cracks (cracks) or the like are generated, and the entire stainless steel foil (whole body) The content of the nitrogen element is preferably not more than 0.05% by mass, and more preferably not more than 3% by mass. At the same time, the maximum nitrogen concentration in the surface layer of the stainless steel foil is preferably 3% by mass or less. Here, the so-called stainless steel foil surface layer refers to an oxide film formed on the surface by an annealing treatment. Generally, the "oxide film" refers to the portion from the outermost layer to the degree from the peak oxygen concentration to 50%. If the nitrogen content of the stainless steel foil exceeds 0.05% by mass, stainless steel = hardens. Therefore, when metal pigs are cut (punched) with high precision, clothing marks and cracks may easily occur. it f, stainless steel sheet or stainless steel only after rolling, 4, nitrogen does not increase significantly, but when annealing in the manufacturing stage, the A gas in the atmosphere% will enter the stainless steel foil, resulting in significant nitriding. 2 At the same time as the overall nitrogen content is increased, the rat content in the surface oxide film is also significantly increased. Since the nitrogen content in the surface layer is relative to the entire interior, the hardness of the entire interior of the driver is higher. As a result, when cutting (punching) the metal foil with high accuracy, the surface layer portion is slightly cracked, and a crack is generated in the thickness direction. In addition, when the metal foil is an annealed material of the aforementioned Wastfield iron-based stainless steel, specifically, the material is made of SUS304,

5 SUS304L、SUS304J1(添加Cu)、SUS304J2(17%Cr-7% Ni-4% Mn-2%Cu)、SUS316(添加 Mo)、SUS316L(添加 Mo)、 SUS305、SUSXM7(添加Cu)、SUS317、SUS317L、SUS309S 等,新日本製鐵股份有限公司專屬鋼種之YUS系列中之 YUS304UL、YUS316UL(添加 Mo)、YUS27A(添加 Cu)、 10 YUS110M(添加Cu、Si、Mo)、YUS170等不鏽鋼作為原板, 並於後進行軋製、退火而得到者,但並沒有侷限於此。 不鏽鋼已廣泛受到使用,且已有穩定於市面上便宜販 賣作為壓軋處理使用之不鏽鋼薄板,並且軋製之不鏽鋼箔 之加工技術已確立,且,前述SUS316系或SUS304系等不鏽 15 鋼又適合進行退火處理,因此以使用其作為原板,於後進 行軋製、退火而得到者為佳。其中,以SUS304Jl(17%Cr-7%Ni-2%Cu) 及SUS304J2 (17% 0·7%ΝΜ%Μη-2%0:ιι)作為原板者,由於降 低C、Ν且添加Cu ’因而大有助於提昇成形性與改善時效破 裂性’且’衝壓成形性於前述例示者中亦最佳。又,以如 20 SUS316或SUS305之沃斯田鐵系安定系為原板者,不會產生 加工誘導鉬,且沒有時效破裂之危險性。此外,Ti添加鋼 之SUS316Ti、SUS321、高Ni鋼之SUS310S(25%Cr-20%Ni)、 SUS317J5L (21%Cr-24%Ni-4.5%Mo-1.5%CiH^C)、SUS384 (16%CR-18%Ni)、SUSXM15Jl(18%Cr-13%Ni-4%Si)等,亦 35 200417428 可用以作為電子照相式列印機、雷射印表機(LBP)、影印 機、傳真機等影像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用輥或顯像用輥等。 又,使用如前述沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼之退火材之軟質系 沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼(軟材質)及高強度沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼(硬 5 材質)作為金屬箔時,不鏽鋼之合適之各成分範圍如下述。 c:c係沃斯田鐵安定化元素,但增多時材質會變硬,因 此,得到軟材質時係0.05質量%,而得到硬材質時則為 0.05〜0.2質量0/〇。5 SUS304L, SUS304J1 (added Cu), SUS304J2 (17% Cr-7% Ni-4% Mn-2% Cu), SUS316 (added Mo), SUS316L (added Mo), SUS305, SUSXM7 (added Cu), SUS317, SUS317L, SUS309S, etc., YUS304UL, YUS316UL (added Mo), YUS27A (added Cu), 10 YUS110M (added Cu, Si, Mo), YUS170 and other stainless steels in the YUS series of exclusive steel grades of Nippon Steel Co., Ltd. Those obtained by rolling and annealing later are not limited thereto. Stainless steel has been widely used, and has been sold on the market cheaply as a stainless steel sheet used for rolling treatment, and the processing technology of rolled stainless steel foil has been established. Moreover, the aforementioned stainless steels such as SUS316 or SUS304 are also used. It is suitable for annealing, so it is better to use it as the original plate, and then obtain it by rolling and annealing. Among them, those who use SUS304Jl (17% Cr-7% Ni-2% Cu) and SUS304J2 (17% 0.7% NM% Μη-2% 0: ι) as the original plate, because C, Ν are reduced and Cu is added. It greatly contributes to the improvement of the formability and the aging crackability, and the 'press formability is also the best among those exemplified above. In addition, those with a Vosstian iron-based stabilizer such as 20 SUS316 or SUS305 as the original plate will not produce processing-induced molybdenum, and there is no danger of aging cracking. In addition, Ti-added steel SUS316Ti, SUS321, high-Ni steel SUS310S (25% Cr-20% Ni), SUS317J5L (21% Cr-24% Ni-4.5% Mo-1.5% CiH ^ C), SUS384 (16% CR-18% Ni), SUSXM15Jl (18% Cr-13% Ni-4% Si), etc., 35 200417428 can also be used as an electrophotographic printer, laser printer (LBP), photocopier, fax machine For example, a toner baking roller or a developing roller of an image forming apparatus. In addition, when the soft Vostian iron-based stainless steel (soft material) and the high-strength Vostian iron-based stainless steel (hard 5 material) are used as the metal foil, the suitable stainless steel is The range of each component is as follows. c: c is a Vostian iron stabilizing element, but the material becomes harder when it is increased. Therefore, when a soft material is obtained, it is 0.05% by mass, and when a hard material is obtained, it is 0.05 to 0.2 mass 0 / 〇.

SizSi用以脫氧時,需要有0.05質量%以上。又,可發揮 10 有效之耐氧化性,但卻因為是高韌之肥粒鐵形成元素,且 超過3.6質量%時會損及加工性,並且於熱軋時會不易進行 除垢,因此,上限為3.6質量%。 Μη:添加Μη,可發揮作為沃斯田鐵安定化元素之功 效,且固定S以提昇熱加工性。然而,含量小於0.05質量% 15 時,缺乏功效,另外,超過1.0質量%時,材質變硬,因此, 得到軟材質時,係〇.〇5〜1 ·0質量%,得到硬材質時,為1.0〜5.0 質量%。When SizSi is used for deoxidation, 0.05 mass% or more is required. In addition, it can exhibit 10 effective oxidation resistance, but because it is a high-toughness fertilizing iron-forming element, if it exceeds 3.6% by mass, the workability is impaired, and it is difficult to perform descaling during hot rolling. Therefore, the upper limit is It was 3.6% by mass. Μη: Adding Mn can exert its function as a stabilizing element of Vostian iron, and fixes S to improve hot workability. However, when the content is less than 0.05% by mass, 15 is ineffective, and when the content exceeds 1.0% by mass, the material becomes hard. Therefore, when a soft material is obtained, it is 0.05 to 1.0% by mass. When a hard material is obtained, it is 1.0 to 5.0% by mass.

Cr:Cr係不鏽鋼之基本成分,為了得到良好之耐腐蝕 性,最少要15質量%。另外,超過26質量%時,由於鋼會脆 20 化,且加工性劣化,因此,上限為26質量%。且,較佳範 圍為17〜19質量%。The basic composition of Cr: Cr-based stainless steel is at least 15% by mass in order to obtain good corrosion resistance. When it exceeds 26% by mass, the steel becomes brittle and the workability deteriorates. Therefore, the upper limit is 26% by mass. The preferable range is 17 to 19% by mass.

Ni:Ni係沃斯田鐵不鏽鋼之基本成分之一。係有助於加 工性、财腐14性之元素,添加5質量%以上。然而,添加超 過25質量%時,該等效果飽和,因此,係以5〜25質量%之範 36 200417428 圍為佳。 M〇:M。係提昇财脑性之元素,可依照需要添加。狹 而,由於含量超過2.5質量%時,鋼會硬化,而超過5〇質量 %時,鋼會脆化,因此’得到軟材質時,上限為25質量%, 5 而得到硬材質時,上限為5.〇質量%。Ni: Ni is one of the basic ingredients of Vostian iron stainless steel. It is an element that contributes to workability and richness. It is added at 5 mass% or more. However, these effects are saturated when added in excess of 25% by mass. Therefore, a range of 5 to 25% by mass is preferred. Mo: M. It is an element that enhances the wealth of the brain. It can be added as needed. When the content exceeds 2.5% by mass, the steel will harden, and when it exceeds 50% by mass, the steel will become brittle. Therefore, when the soft material is obtained, the upper limit is 25% by mass. 5.0% by mass.

Cn:Cu係使沃斯田鐵安定化’且提昇加工性、耐腐紐 之兀素,可依照必要添加。然而,由於軟材質中添加含量 超過2.5質量%,而硬材質中添加超過4〇質量%時,其效果 飽和’因此’得到軟材質時,上限為2.5質量%,得到硬材 # 10 質時,上限為4.0質量%。 N:N係高動之沃斯田鐵安定化元素,且為提昇耐腐純 之元素,添加〇.〇〇5質量%以上。軟材質中,含量超過〇〇6 質量%時,輝面退火後之荡材之加工性(高精度之切割加工 或沖床加工性)劣化,容易產生裂痕或破裂。另外,硬材質 U中含量超過0.06%以下時無法得到充分之強度,而含量超過 〇.4貝里%時泊材之加工性(高精度之切割或沖床加工性)劣 化’谷易產生裂痕或破裂。由前述可知,得到軟材質時, 罐 係〇.〇6質量%以下為佳’且最好是〇〇〇7〜〇〇3質量%之範 圍’而得到硬材質時,則超過〇〇6質量%〜〇4質量%。 20 且,該不_中亦可含有Ti、⑽作為添加微量元素。 -又’該不鏽鋼中含有前述範圍(可依照使用目的含有適 =述添加微量元素(通常’咖2質量%以下、Ca:〇〇〇5〇 貝里/〇U下),沒有特別限制)之前述各成分(含有前述添加 微量元素),且剩餘部分由Fe及不可避免之不純物構成。不 37 200417428 可避免之不純物元素可舉例有卜8、^、〇等。不 ^^^^*^^P;0.045ft〇/〇aT^i;〇〇5^ 量%以下、s:G._f量%以下、及〇划1質量。/。以下。 又’本發明之金屬箱管,係於金屬箱藉電阻炼接等接 合、成形而構成之ϋ管之表面與内表面之至少—面藉硬 化電鍍層使表面硬化而構成者。以下’針對本發明之^ 之表面與内表面藉硬f電鍍層而表面硬化之金射|管^ 細地說明。Cn: Cu is a component that stabilizes Vosstian iron and improves workability and corrosion resistance. It can be added as necessary. However, when the content of the soft material exceeds 2.5% by mass, and the amount of the hard material exceeds 40% by mass, the effect is saturated. Therefore, when a soft material is obtained, the upper limit is 2.5% by mass. When the hard material # 10 quality is obtained, The upper limit is 4.0% by mass. N: N is a high-moving iron field iron stabilizing element, and in order to improve the anticorrosive element, it is added by 0.05% by mass or more. When the content of the soft material exceeds 0.05% by mass, the workability (high-precision cutting or punching workability) of the undulated material after the bright surface annealing is deteriorated, and cracks or ruptures easily occur. In addition, when the content of the hard material U exceeds 0.06% or less, sufficient strength cannot be obtained, and when the content exceeds 0.4 berry%, the processability (high-precision cutting or punching processability) of the berth material is deteriorated. rupture. From the foregoing, it can be seen that when a soft material is obtained, the tank system is preferably 0.006 mass% or less, and more preferably in a range of 2007 to 0.003 mass%, and when a hard material is obtained, it exceeds 0.006 mass. % To 〇4 mass%. 20 In addition, Ti and rhenium may be contained as trace elements. -Also, the stainless steel contains the aforementioned range (it may contain trace elements as appropriate according to the purpose of use (usually 2% by mass or less, Ca: 0.0005Berry / 0U), there is no particular limitation) The aforementioned components (containing the aforementioned added trace elements), and the remainder are composed of Fe and unavoidable impurities. No 37 200417428 Impurities that can be avoided can be exemplified by Bu 8, ^, 0 and the like. No ^^^^ * ^^ P; 0.045ft // aT ^ i; 0.005% or less, s: G._f% or less, and 0 mass. /. the following. In addition, the metal box tube of the present invention is formed by hardening the surface of at least one of the surface and the inner surface of the stern tube formed by joining and forming a metal box by resistance welding or the like, and hardening the surface. The following is a detailed description of the surface and inner surface of the present invention, the surface of which is hardened by a hard f electroplating layer, and the surface of the metal beam is hardened.

列印機之定影輥,有時會有異物隨著紙進入之情況, 1〇而對棍造成損害,導致印刷結果不良。因此,概 度係以布氏硬料彻以上為佳。於轉後,不怎麼加工 時’於金屬fl管之内外面進行硬質電鍍藉此達成前述硬 度。電鍍金屬,可以鉻、鎳、鈷、鈀等金屬為主體,為了 使該等元素硬化,添加些許P等添加物係有效果的。電鍵 b Ni-p系合金時,p之濃度係以重量比卜14%為佳。其理“The fixing roller of the printer may sometimes cause foreign matter to enter the paper, causing damage to the stick, resulting in poor printing results. Therefore, the probability is better than Brinell hard material. After the rotation, when it is not processed much, a hard plating is performed on the inside and outside of the metal fl tube to achieve the aforementioned hardness. Electroplated metals can be composed mainly of metals such as chromium, nickel, cobalt, and palladium. To harden these elements, it is effective to add additives such as P. In the case of an electric bond b Ni-p alloy, the concentration of p is preferably 14% by weight. The reason "

=於1%時,硬化效果薄弱,而超過14%時,電鍍層脆化、 容易產生裂痕。電锻方法,可使用無電解電艘或電鍵,於 電錢羯管之内側(内纟面)時無電解電鑛較適合。本發明並不 Μ侷限於在如前述之络管之表面與内表面兩面設置有硬質電 20鍍層,亦可僅於其中-面設置硬質電錢層。即,使用於碳 粕九、烤用輥、定景》用輥時,係使接觸感光鼓或其他輥或紙 寺之箔管的表面(外表面)硬化為佳。另外,由於亦有於輥内 设置加熱器之情況,因此,此時係使箔管之内表面硬化為 乜。如前述,可依照金屬箔管之使用用途,於箔管之内及/ 38 或外表面設置硬質電鑛層。 、 本么明之金屬箔管係將不鏽鋼箔藉電阻熔接等接 合或再成形加卫所得到之箱管,於_〜1100。(:之溫度下埶 處理。 … 將不鏽鋼縫溶接時,由於不鏽鋼之表面鈍態化皮膜牢 口因此,為了要將其完全地破壞並沿熔接線之全長得到 牢固之金屬結合’因此,必需仔細檢討電流、電壓、炫接 速度及通電比铸,進行相當狹窄之雜條件之範圍内 的溶接β特別是進行完全地壓平重疊之2片fg而形成1片之 厚度之壓平縫轉時,箔之端面封閉之部分,gp ,藉壓接 堅^2片之vg重g部之端面而使其大致成為一體之部分之 通電么度小。因此’該部分之接合強度不充足,於反覆加 工時會有沿接合線打開之情況。本發明人等發現兩個方法 可有效解決該問題,。 其中一個方法,係將不鏽鋼箔藉電阻熔接等接合或再 成^/加工所構成之箱管熱處理,以使接合線擴散接合來補 強接口強度。此時,熱處理係以於真空熱處理或惰性大氣 兄中進行為佳。適當之熱處理溫度8〇〇〜11〇〇它。不鏽鋼 為肥粒鐵系或細散齡時,可使用低溫,是沃斯田鐵系 ㈣必需高溫。然而’小於⑽叱時,擴散接合無法充分地 進行,又,超過11〇〇。(:時,於熱處理時變形大,結晶粒亦 粗大化,因此不佳。又,熱處理亦具有使熔接部周邊之熱 應力開放,使熔接部周邊不再看起來硬繃繃之效果。再者, 右於熱處理後進行前述硬質電鍍,亦可隱蔽熔接部之小凹At 1%, the hardening effect is weak. When it exceeds 14%, the plating layer becomes brittle and cracks easily occur. The electro-forging method can use non-electrolytic electric boat or electric key. The electroless ore is more suitable for the inner side (inner surface) of the electric money tube. The present invention is not limited to the provision of a hard electric plating layer on both the surface and the inner surface of the winding tube as described above, and a hard electric money layer may be provided on only one of the surfaces. That is, when it is used for carbon meal IX, baking rollers, and rollers for setting the scene, it is better to harden the surface (outer surface) of the foil tube that is in contact with the photosensitive drum or other rollers or paper temples. In addition, since the heater may be installed in the roller, the inner surface of the foil tube is hardened to 乜 at this time. As mentioned above, according to the use of the metal foil tube, a hard electric ore layer can be provided inside the foil tube and / 38 or the outer surface. The metal foil tube of Benmeming is a box tube obtained by joining or reshaping stainless steel foil by resistance welding, etc., at _ ~ 1100. (: 埶 treatment at a temperature.… When the stainless steel seam is welded, the surface of the stainless steel is dulled by the film. Therefore, in order to completely destroy it and obtain a strong metal bond along the entire length of the weld line, it is necessary to be careful Examine the current, voltage, welding speed, and energization ratio casting, and perform welding β within a relatively narrow range of miscellaneous conditions. In particular, when completely flattening the overlapping two fgs to form a flattening seam with a thickness of one, The closed part of the foil end, gp, is pressed by crimping the end face of the vg weight g part of the 2 pieces to make it roughly integrated. The current is small. Therefore, 'the joint strength of this part is insufficient, and it is processed repeatedly. There may be cases where it is opened along the joint line. The present inventors have found that two methods can effectively solve this problem. One of the methods is to join or re-form the stainless steel foil by resistance welding, etc. In order to make the bonding wire diffuse and join to strengthen the interface strength. At this time, the heat treatment is preferably performed in a vacuum heat treatment or an inert atmosphere. The appropriate heat treatment temperature is 800-1100. It can be used at low temperature when the stainless steel is ferrous iron or fine scattered age, which is necessary for Vostian iron system. However, if it is less than ⑽ 叱, diffusion bonding cannot be performed sufficiently, and it exceeds 1100. : At the time of heat treatment, the deformation is large, and the crystal grains are coarsened, so it is not good. Also, the heat treatment also has the effect of opening up the thermal stress around the welded part, so that the periphery of the welded part no longer looks hard and stretched. Furthermore, Right after the heat treatment, the aforementioned hard plating is performed, and the small depressions in the welded part can be hidden.

凸達到热法到定溶接部之位置之程度。因A “ V &amp;,係以將不鏽鋼箔藉電阻熔接等接合或再成形加 〜而構成之v|官以卿〜u⑼。〇之溫度熱處理後,再至少對 心之内外面之其中一面進行硬質電錢所構成者為佳 於&quot;亥硬貝電鍍,如前述,於此省略說明。 _ ί 一方法,係事絲炼接前之金屬㈣似u、Ag、Cu、 等第1G〜11族70素或包含該等元素之合金(例如,Ni_P系合 金等),或者A:[等㈣為!細。⑶下之金屬,再將其電_ 接而得到金射 1管之料。使肋方法時,若接合線之_ 部份未到達不鏽鋼等之金屬落之炼點,但已到達電錢層之 2 乂上^ ’電鍍層就會炫解,並且大部分會隨著不鏽鋼 等金屬落表面之鈍態化皮膜等,沿接合線擠出至接合部之 外口此,可沿熔接線得到完整之金屬結合。且,儘管箔 端面封閉之心產生有小溝’但此亦由電鑛之溶融金屬 填埋’不會於接合部產生凹痕。因此,本發明之金屬羯管 係宜至少於金㈣之兩表面中之其中_面之接合部附近電 MAU、Ag、CU、Ni等第10〜U族元素或包含該等元素中之 -=以上在内之合金(例如,Ni_p系合金),_等溶點較金 屬泊之溶點更低之金屬(包含合金),且以溶點·以下之 金屬(包含合金)為佳,接著,電⑽接該謂而形成者。 又,本發明之金屬箱管中,管之厚度與管之内徑之比 (官厚/内直徑)細下,且宜為1/5()()以下。此外,此處 之管厚及管之内徑,由於有容許範圍誤差,因此,係多處(例 如5〜10處)之平均值。 又,金屬箱管之内徑沒有特別限制,但可依照使用用 途適宜地決定’然而,例如電子照相式列印機、雷射 機(LBP)、影印機、傳真機等影像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用輕 或顯像用輥’都必需小型輕量化,因此係以可符合現今使 用之内徑50mm以下之需求者為佳。特別,後述之本㈣之 製造方法及製造裝置’可充分對應如前述之小型化之需 求,且,於因小型化增加管之曲率,要求成形成管狀時: 加工性時,亦可利用前述不中之沃斯田鐵系不錄鋼 之退火材,充分地達成内徑10〜l5mm左右之小直徑之需求。 同樣地,金屬羯管之長度,沒有特別限制,可依照使 用用途適當地決定,然而’例如電子照相式列印機、雷射 印表機(LBP)、影印機、傳錢等影像形成裝置之破粉烘烤 用挺或顯像用棍’都需要小型輕量化,因此,係以可符合 現今使用之長度500mm以下之需求者為佳。特別,後述之 本發明之製造方法及製造裝置,可充分對應如前述之小型 化之需求。隨著趨於小型化’料誤差對精度之影響程度 越大,但本發明藉使用前述沃斯田體鐵系不鏽鋼之退火 材,不易於切割預定尺寸(衝切)時產生變形等,因此,可使 衝切尺寸精度極高,可簡易地充分達成需求。 又’本發明之金屬箔管係以於60周/min以上之反覆循 環產生0.2%以下之變形之疲勞試驗中,具有1χ 1〇6次以上 之耐久性,且最好有2χ 106次以上之耐久性。本發明使用 於下述所示之電子照相式列印機、雷射印表機(LBp)、影印 機.、傳真機等影像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用輥、或顯像用幸昆 200417428 等時,其疲勞試驗一般係進行前述所規定之疲勞試驗,但 此時之耐久性若超過100或200萬次以上時,可具有遠超越 現今所需之構件之耐久性之極高耐久性。金屬羯管之疲勞 試驗結果少於1〇〇或200萬次時,無法飛躍性地提昇金屬製 5薄管之耐久性。此處所謂耐久性,係指將表面性狀沒有裂 痕專/、$現象,又,接合部亦沒有接合剝離等異常現象之 狀態視為良好狀態,是具有耐久性,相反地,有異常現象 時則視為沒有耐久性。然而,本發明依照使用用途不同, 有金屬羯管之疲勞試驗結果為5〇萬次以上時就可足夠使用 10 之情況。The convexity reaches a degree from the thermal method to the position of the fixed welding portion. Because A "V & is formed by joining or reshaping stainless steel foils by resistance welding or the like, v | 官 以 卿 ~ u⑼. After heat treatment at a temperature of at least one of the inner and outer sides of the heart, The hard electric money is better than the "Hai hard shell plating, as mentioned above, and the description is omitted here. _ One method, the metal before the wire bonding like U, Ag, Cu, etc. 1G ~ 11 Group 70 elements or alloys containing these elements (for example, Ni_P-based alloys, etc.), or A: [etc. ㈣ is! Fine. ⑶ the metal below, and then it is connected to get the material of the 1st tube. In the rib method, if the _ part of the bonding wire has not reached the melting point of the metal such as stainless steel, but it has reached 2 on the electric money layer ^ 'The plating layer will be dazzled, and most of it will follow the stainless steel and other metals. The blunt film on the falling surface is extruded along the bonding line to the outside of the joint. A complete metal bond can be obtained along the weld line. Moreover, although a small groove is generated in the closed end of the foil's end, this is also made by electricity mining The molten metal landfill will not cause dents at the joints. Therefore, the metal It is preferred that at least one of the two surfaces of the gold tincture be near the junction of one of the _ planes, such as MAU, Ag, CU, Ni, and other Group 10 ~ U elements or alloys containing-= or more of these elements (for example, Ni_p-based alloys), _ metals (including alloys) with a lower melting point than metal poise, and preferably those with a melting point or lower (including alloys), and then formed by electrically connecting the electrodes. In addition, in the metal box pipe of the present invention, the ratio of the thickness of the pipe to the inner diameter of the pipe (official thickness / inner diameter) is small, and it is preferably 1/5 () () or less. In addition, the pipe thickness and The inner diameter of the tube is an average value at various places (for example, 5 to 10) due to the allowable range error. In addition, the inner diameter of the metal box tube is not particularly limited, but it can be appropriately determined according to the intended use. However, For example, the toner baking light or developing rollers of image forming devices such as electrophotographic printers, laser printers (LBPs), photocopiers, and facsimiles must be small and lightweight, so they must be compatible with today's use. Those with an inner diameter of 50 mm or less are preferred. In particular, the manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the present invention described later may be It fully meets the needs of miniaturization as mentioned above, and when the curvature of the pipe is increased due to miniaturization, and when it is required to be formed into a tube: for workability, the aforementioned anomalous material of Vostian iron series non-recording steel can also be used. The small diameter of about 10 to 15 mm is fully achieved. Similarly, the length of the metal tube is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately determined according to the application. However, 'e.g. electrophotographic printers, laser printers, etc. Machines (LBP), photocopiers, money transfer, and other image forming devices such as powder baking baking sticks or development sticks need to be small and lightweight, so it is better to meet the current use of less than 500mm in length. In particular, the manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of the present invention described later can fully meet the demand for miniaturization as described above. With the trend toward miniaturization, the degree of influence of material errors on accuracy is greater, but the present invention is difficult to deform when cutting a predetermined size (punching) by using the aforementioned annealed material of the Vostian body iron stainless steel, so, It can make the die cutting size extremely high precision, and can easily and fully meet the needs. Also, the metal foil tube of the present invention has a durability of 1 × 106 times or more in a fatigue test that produces a deformation of 0.2% or less under repeated cycles of 60 cycles / min or more, and preferably 2 × 106 times or more Durability. The present invention is used in toner baking rollers for image forming devices such as electrophotographic printers, laser printers (LBp), photocopiers, and facsimiles, or for imaging purposes. At the same time, the fatigue test is generally the fatigue test specified above, but if the durability at this time exceeds 1 million or 2 million times or more, it can have extremely high durability that far exceeds the durability of the components required today. When the fatigue test results of metal stern tubes are less than 100 or 2 million times, the durability of metal 5 thin tubes cannot be dramatically improved. Here, the term "durability" refers to a state in which the surface is free from cracks and / or cracks, and there is no abnormality such as peeling or bonding at the joint portion. Considered to be non-durable. However, according to the present invention, the fatigue test result of a metal stern tube may be sufficient when the fatigue test result is more than 500,000 times.

又本發明之金屬箱管之用途,沒有特別限制 ,例如, 可=用於電子照域列印機、雷神錢(LBp)、影印機(拷 U傳真機等影像形成裝置之碳粉棋烤用㈣顯 等,但益沒有侷限於這些。 15 20 金屬箔管之製造裝置〉 明。’針對本實施形態之金屬箱管之製造裝置竹 ㈧圖係成形為金屬箱管之金屬絲加工板之伯 ΓΓ係轉前之金衫管之載面圖,第i(c)酬 構成為直線狀之金屬㈣之立體圖。第1 i 2 s俾/工由料構成為螺旋狀之金射1 f之立體B ==明,實施形態之金吻製造裝置之㈣ 截面圖。圖之俯’第4圖係第3圖之沿4_4奪In addition, the use of the metal box tube of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, it can be used for the baking of toner for image forming devices such as electronic photofield printers, Raytheon money (LBp), photocopiers (copy fax machines, etc.) You Xian, etc., but the benefits are not limited to these. 15 20 Metal foil tube manufacturing equipment> The description. 'For the manufacturing device of the metal box tube of this embodiment, the bamboo shoot is a piece of wire processing board formed into a metal box tube. ΓΓ is the front view of the golden shirt tube before the rotation, the i (c) th is a three-dimensional view of the linear metal 。. The first i 2 s 俾 / work is made of a spiral gold shot 1 f B == Ming, a cross-sectional view of the golden kiss manufacturing device of the embodiment. The top view of the figure is shown in Figure 4 along the 4_4 line of Figure 3.

本實施形態所使用 之金屬箔未加工板W,如第i(A) 42 200417428 圖、第1(B)圖所示,整體形狀為矩形,例如,長度&amp;為i 寬度S2_0mm左右,而板厚…卜⑽卿極^本二 形態,係使該金屬箱未加工板w之截面形成圓形:施 向邊端部重疊,且對該重疊部G進彳對 s a丨㈣魏接,*絲為金屬@ 5 , P。該金屬笛管P,例如可使料影印機 冷 種裝置。 及各 本實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置,大致上包含有、 10As shown in Fig. I (A) 42 200417428 and Fig. 1 (B), the metal foil raw plate W used in this embodiment has a rectangular overall shape. For example, the length &amp; is i width S2_0mm, and the plate Thick ... This is the second form, which is to make the cross section of the unprocessed plate w of the metal box into a circle: the ends of the edges are overlapped, and the overlap G is connected to sa 丨 ㈣wei, * For metal @ 5, P. The metal flute P can be used, for example, to cool a material copying machine. And each of the metal foil tube manufacturing apparatuses of this embodiment include,

部10與炫接部3G。成形部職不是_次將矩形之金屬^ 加工板W形成為圓筒狀,而是藉相當於外模之成形裝= 階段性地使金屬箔未加工板…密著相當於内模之芯棒Ο、 周圍,而形成圓筒狀,熔接部30則用以熔接金屬箔未加&lt; 板W之對向邊端部之重疊部〇。部 10 与 炫 接 部 3G. The forming department's role is not to form a rectangular metal ^ processed plate W into a cylindrical shape, but to use a molding equivalent to an outer mold = to make a metal foil unprocessed plate in stages ... 〇, around, and formed into a cylindrical shape, the welding portion 30 is used to weld the overlapping portion of the opposite end portion of the metal foil without the &lt; W plate.

首先,針對成形部10作描述。第2圖、第3圖中,成形 部ίο包含有圓柱形之芯棒13、成形裝置15、及定位構件i6Y 15芯棒13係由直立設置於基台11之支持部12懸臂支持,而成 形裝置15則是位於芯棒13下方,固持金屬箔未加工板貨且 使其繞捲於芯棒13之外周面,定位構件16係用以將該金屬 箔未加工板W定位於芯棒π。 芯棒13係較金屬箔未加工板w之長向長度Si還長,粗 20度則相當於金屬箔未加工板w之寬度方向之長度S2繞成一 圈者,有關該芯棒13,於後再詳述。 成形裝置15,如第4圖所示,包括定位構件16、固持板 17、第1按壓構件18、及第2按壓構件19。定位構件16係用 以使W之中央大致定位於芯棒之下面中央之構件。固持板 43 200417428 5 工 10 17係位於芯棒13之下方,且與筒體Ci連結 ’而可於經常盘 芯棒13保持平行狀態之情況下接近並離開。軸持板^ 面為平面’並於巾央形成有可與料13嵌合之半圓形之凹 部2〇 ’且’當該凹獅拉和合成—料,金㈣未加 工板W會㈣而繞捲於芯棒13之下面部分成u字型。 第1按壓構件18係用以按壓變形成U字型之金屬箱未加 板W於树13之側面呈立起狀態之邊,使其密著芯糾 之外周。該第1按壓構件18,如第4圖所示,係位於固持板 17上之芯棒13之左方,域顏Q於與芯糾之軸線垂直 之方向上接近並離開。 工First, the forming portion 10 will be described. In FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, the forming part ο includes a cylindrical core rod 13, a forming device 15, and a positioning member i6Y 15. The core rod 13 is cantilevered by a support portion 12 provided upright on the abutment 11 and is formed. The device 15 is located below the core rod 13 and holds the unprocessed metal foil sheet and winds it around the outer peripheral surface of the core rod 13. The positioning member 16 is used to position the metal foil unprocessed sheet W on the core rod π. The core rod 13 is longer than the length Si of the metal foil unprocessed plate w, and a thickness of 20 degrees is equivalent to the length S2 of the metal foil unprocessed plate w in the width direction. The core rod 13 is described later. More details. The molding device 15 includes a positioning member 16, a holding plate 17, a first pressing member 18, and a second pressing member 19, as shown in FIG. The positioning member 16 is a member for positioning the center of W approximately at the center below the core rod. The holding plate 43 200417428 5 work 10 17 is located below the core rod 13 and is connected to the cylinder Ci 'and can be approached and separated while the core rod 13 is kept in a parallel state. The shaft holding plate has a flat surface, and a semi-circular recessed portion 20 ′ which can be fitted with the material 13 is formed at the center of the towel. The face wound under the core rod 13 is divided into a U-shape. The first pressing member 18 is used to press the side of the metal box which has been deformed into a U-shape without a plate W standing up on the side of the tree 13 so as to make it close to the outer periphery of the core. As shown in Fig. 4, the first pressing member 18 is located to the left of the core rod 13 on the holding plate 17, and the domain face Q approaches and leaves in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the core correction. work

第2按壓構件19亦與第i按壓構件以為同樣之結構,且 以芯棒13為巾心而設置於與第丨按壓構㈣對稱之位置 上,並藉筒體C3移動而靠近並離開芯棒13,以將卩字型之金 屬箔未加工板w之另一邊按壓於芯棒13之外周。 15 #該等定位構件16、固持板17、第丨按壓構件18及第2 按壓構件19共同動作,將金屬羯未加工板w繞捲於芯棒13 之外周面,並於芯棒13之上面形成金屬羯未加工板w之對 向邊端部,即寬度方向之兩端部重疊之重疊部G。 此外,將金屬箔未加工板W搬入該成形裝置15之固持 20板17上,係例如利用如負壓吸附機構等適當之搬送機構(圖 未示)進行。The second pressing member 19 also has the same structure as the i-th pressing member, and uses the core rod 13 as a towel center and is disposed at a position symmetrical to the first pressing structure 并, and moves closer to and away from the core rod by the movement of the cylinder C3. 13. Press the other side of the unshaped metal foil raw plate w against the outer periphery of the core rod 13. 15 #The positioning members 16, the holding plate 17, the first and second pressing members 18, and the second pressing members 19 work together to wind the metal 羯 unprocessed plate w around the outer peripheral surface of the core rod 13 and above the core rod 13. The opposite edge end portion of the metal grate unprocessed plate w, that is, the overlapping portion G where both end portions in the width direction overlap is formed. In addition, the unprocessed metal foil W is carried into the holding plate 20 of the forming apparatus 15 by, for example, using an appropriate conveyance mechanism (not shown) such as a negative pressure adsorption mechanism.

前述定位構件16係穿插於設置在形成於成形裝置15之 中央之半圓形之凹部20之通孔21之桿,且,設置於位於芯 棒13之下方之軸方向之後端部、中央部、及前端部,並且 44 分別藉筒體C4靠近並遠離芯棒13之下面。 定位構件16於靠近時抵接芯棒13之下面,並按壓金屬 箔未加工板W使該金屬箱未加工板W保持於固定之位置。 定位構件16動作之時間,係載置於固持板17之上面之金屬 羯未加工板W因固持板17上移而朝上推送,並與芯棒13線 接觸時。 然而’光靠定位構件16定位,是無法由芯棒13之下端 至前端形成均一寬度之重疊部G。因此,本實施形態之成形 部10設置有用以調整重疊部G之重疊區域x(參照第1B圖)之 重疊區域調整機構22(參照第5圖)。於此,第5圖係第4圖之 主要部分放大圖。 重疊區域調整機構22,係於藉第2按壓構件19按壓完畢 之前’使金屬箔未加工板W之圓周之一部份朝半徑(放射) 方向位移’以使對向邊相互重疊之重疊部G之重疊區域X為 預疋值,諸如〇 lmm左右。 更具體而言,重疊區域調整裝置22係如第5圖所示,係 構成為於芯棒13之内部,並至少在芯棒13之後端與前端設 置偏心裝置(凸輪或輥等)23,且藉驅動裝置(馬達等)Μι驅動 该偏心裝置(凸輪或輥等)23,而使金屬箔未加工板W之圓周 之一部份朝半徑方向位移。 該偏心裝置(凸輪或輥等)23之旋轉量,係以來自控制部 24之彳§號控制,使重疊區域X為預定值。控制部24包括用以 檢測重疊部G之重疊區域X之檢測裝置(CCD攝影機等)25, 及監測其,並與前述預定值比較而決定控制量之演算部26。 此外,驅動裝置(馬達等)乂1可使設置於芯棒13之後端 部,且於後端、中央、前端等多數設置之偏心裝置(凸輪或 輥等)23同時動作,但亦可使各個偏心裝置(凸輪或輥等)23 個別獨立動作,來調整重疊區域X。 5 然而’本發明並不限定於此。例如,其他之重疊區域 調整機構22,係如第5圖之一點鏈線,前述偏心裝置(凸輪 或輥等)23可設置於芯棒13之外部。又,亦可設置於芯棒13 周圍,以免產生金屬箔未加工板W沒有密著芯棒13之非密 著部分,並藉加壓構件加壓,使金屬箔未加工板w之圓周 10 之一部份朝半徑方向位移。 再者,亦可如第6圖之簡略顯示,利用使設置於芯棒13 外部之加壓構件28朝向形成於芯棒13之凹部27加壓,以使 金屬、治未加工版W之圓周之一部份,如圖上之虛線所示, 朝半徑方向位移。該等加壓構件可為凸輪、輥、圓筒體或 15 棒狀構件中之任一種。 由實驗中得知,重疊區域(X),於前述板厚⑴時,係以 滿足x$40+5t(單位為//Π1)為佳。 接著,針對溶接部30作敘述。本實施形態之溶接係電 阻熔接。由於係熔接極薄之金屬箔未加工板w,因此,必 20系使用谷易控制之溶接方法。特別,係以電阻溶接中之縫 熔接為佳,且尤以壓平縫熔接為佳。使用該熔接時,熔接 部分與其他部分間之硬度差小時,係良好之結果。此外, 已得知使用雷射溶接或電漿溶接時,硬度差以上,非 實用。 46 5 10 15 20 接圖侧示本實施形態找接狀態之放大截面圖。像 如_所示’包括於芯棒13之外 方向==固定電極構件31,及與固定電極構件31對向設置h動電極構件η ’且於兩電極構件間挾持金屬箱 工板W及重疊部G之狀態下熔接。 成固定電極構件31係設置於在芯棒13之外面沿軸方向形 —屢33内者。另外,可動電極構件33係-面加壓重疊部G ㈣疋轉移動之導電性電極輪32。 鋼松口《電極構件31係由設置於芯棒13頂部之溝33内之 熔構成,然而由於電極輪32於其上方一面轉動一面進行 =口此,固定電極構件31之上面係以整體形成為平垣 面為佳。F¥! I l 口此,固定電極構件31可使用例如扁平化銅線。 值是,亦 、 另外 W部份為平坦面,不必上面全體都為平坦面。 、、’固定電極31之上面為平坦面時,電極輪32亦以外周 平垣面為佳,但是若固定電極31之上面為圓弧面,則 ^ β面為中凹狀者,即鼓狀者為佳。此時之曲率半徑, ^較固疋電極構件31之圓弧狀之面之曲率半徑更大。 電極輪32,如第4圖所示,透過導電性之凸緣狀旋轉構 連接電源供給部3 5,而電源供給部3 5由非導電性之托 口支持。该托架36連接筒體a而可藉其自由升降。筒體衣於塊體37,而該塊體37由一對導引棒38(參照第3圖) 支持而可自由旋動,且該塊體37可藉設置成穿插於中央之 累旋軸39,沿芯棒13之軸線移動。螺旋軸外係由設置於支 持台40、/1 ° 、41上之軸承部42支持,並藉透過聯結器43連接之The positioning member 16 is inserted through a rod provided in the through hole 21 of the semicircular recessed portion 20 formed in the center of the forming device 15, and is provided at the rear end portion, the central portion, And the front end, and 44 are respectively approached and away from the underside of the core rod 13 by the cylinder C4. The positioning member 16 abuts the underside of the core rod 13 when approaching, and presses the unprocessed metal foil W to keep the unprocessed metal box W in a fixed position. The time when the positioning member 16 operates is the time when the metal 羯 unprocessed plate W placed on the holding plate 17 is pushed upward by the moving of the holding plate 17 and comes into line contact with the core rod 13. However, the positioning by the positioning member 16 alone cannot form the overlapping portion G having a uniform width from the lower end to the front end of the core rod 13. Therefore, the forming section 10 of this embodiment is provided with an overlapping area adjusting mechanism 22 (see FIG. 5) for adjusting the overlapping area x (see FIG. 1B) of the overlapping portion G. Here, Figure 5 is an enlarged view of the main part of Figure 4. The overlapping area adjusting mechanism 22 is an overlapping portion G that "displaces a part of the circumference of the metal foil unprocessed plate W in a radius (radiation) direction" so that the opposing sides overlap each other before pressing by the second pressing member 19 The overlapping area X is a predetermined threshold, such as about 0.1 mm. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 5, the overlapping area adjusting device 22 is configured inside the core rod 13, and eccentric devices (cams or rollers) 23 are provided at least at the rear end and the front end of the core rod 13, and This eccentric device (cam, roller, etc.) 23 is driven by a driving device (motor, etc.), so that a part of the circumference of the metal foil raw plate W is displaced in a radial direction. The amount of rotation of the eccentric device (cam, roller, etc.) 23 is controlled by the number 来自 § from the control unit 24 so that the overlapping area X becomes a predetermined value. The control unit 24 includes a detection device (CCD camera, etc.) 25 for detecting the overlapped area X of the overlapped portion G, and a calculation unit 26 that monitors it and compares it with the aforementioned predetermined value to determine a control amount. In addition, the driving device (motor, etc.) 乂 1 can operate the eccentric devices 23 (cam or roller, etc.) 23 provided at the rear end of the core rod 13 and at most of the rear end, center, and front end, but each The eccentric device (cam, roller, etc.) 23 operates independently to adjust the overlap area X. 5 However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the other overlapping area adjusting mechanism 22 is a dot chain line as shown in FIG. 5. The aforementioned eccentric device (cam or roller, etc.) 23 may be provided outside the core rod 13. In addition, it can also be arranged around the core rod 13 so as to avoid the non-adhered portion of the metal foil unprocessed plate W from adhering to the core rod 13 and pressurizing by a pressure member to make the circumference of the metal foil unprocessed plate w A portion is displaced in a radial direction. In addition, as shown in FIG. 6, the pressing member 28 provided on the outside of the core rod 13 may be pressed toward the concave portion 27 formed on the core rod 13 to press the metal and treat the circumference of the unprocessed plate W. A part, as shown by the dotted line on the figure, is displaced in the radial direction. The pressing members may be any of a cam, a roller, a cylinder, or a 15-bar member. It is known from the experiment that the overlap area (X) is preferably to satisfy x $ 40 + 5t (the unit is // Π1) when the plate thickness is ⑴. Next, the welding portion 30 will be described. The welding in this embodiment is resistance welding. Because it is a thin metal foil uncoated sheet w, it is necessary to use the Gu Yi controlled welding method. In particular, it is better to use seam welding in resistance welding, especially flat seam welding. When this welding is used, the difference in hardness between the welded part and other parts is small, which is a good result. In addition, it has been found that when laser welding or plasma welding is used, the hardness is more than a difference, which is not practical. 46 5 10 15 20 An enlarged cross-sectional view showing a connection state in this embodiment is shown on the connection diagram side. As shown by _ 'in the direction outside of the core rod 13 == fixed electrode member 31, and a moving electrode member η is provided opposite to the fixed electrode member 31, and a metal box panel is held and overlapped between the two electrode members. The portion G is welded. The fixed electrode member 31 is provided in the shape of the outer surface of the core rod 13 in the axial direction—inner 33. In addition, the movable electrode member 33 is a conductive electrode wheel 32 in which the surface pressure overlapping portion G moves in a rotatable manner. The steel loose port "the electrode member 31 is formed by melting in the groove 33 on the top of the core rod 13, but because the electrode wheel 32 rotates on the upper side of it, the upper surface of the fixed electrode member 31 is formed as a whole. The surface is better. F ¥! I l The fixed electrode member 31 may be, for example, a flat copper wire. The value is also, and the W part is a flat surface, and it is not necessary that the entire upper surface is a flat surface. When the upper surface of the fixed electrode 31 is a flat surface, it is preferable that the electrode wheel 32 is also a peripheral flat surface, but if the upper surface of the fixed electrode 31 is an arc surface, the ^ β surface is a concave shape, that is, a drum Better. The radius of curvature at this time is larger than the radius of curvature of the arc-shaped surface of the solid electrode member 31. As shown in Fig. 4, the electrode wheel 32 is connected to the power supply unit 35 through a conductive flange-like rotating structure, and the power supply unit 35 is supported by a non-conductive socket. The bracket 36 is connected to the cylinder a and can be lifted and lowered freely by it. The barrel is covered with a block 37, which is supported by a pair of guide rods 38 (refer to FIG. 3) and can rotate freely, and the block 37 can be arranged to be inserted through a central rotating shaft 39 , Moves along the axis of the core rod 13. The outer spiral shaft is supported by a bearing portion 42 provided on the support table 40, / 1 °, 41, and is connected by a coupling 43

47 200417428 驅動裝置(馬達等)Μ2旋轉。即,電極輪32係一面藉筒體q 升降,一面藉螺旋軸39及驅動裝置(馬達等由芯棒13之 後端移動至前端。為了防止各電極構件3卜Μ之硬度因不 平均碰觸或不均一磨損而無法長期地確實熔接,係以與金 5屬箔未加工板W之硬度大致相同為佳。由實驗已知,以維 氏硬度Hv計,於180以下時,電極損傷少。為了提昇高溫強 度或潛變強度,固定電極構件31及可動電極構件33係以分 別至少有一部份由鉬或氧化鋁分散銅合金構成為佳。 本實施形態中,由於係將10〜100μηι之極薄之金屬箔未 10加工板W溶接0.1mm之極小之重疊部g,因此,其電流值及 傳送速度係一課題,然而由實驗中得知,電流值為7〇〇〜15⑻ 安培左右,電壓0.5〜2.0伏特,且傳送速度〇 3〜l 5m/分鐘左 右時得到最好結果。 然而,電流流動時,就會加熱熔接部3〇,進行長時間 15熔接作業時,薄金屬箔未加工板W會因該熱而變形,有無 法良好熔接之虞,又,由於係於較長之芯棒13之外周面繞 捲金屬箔未加工板W,成形成金屬箔管p,因此,取出戍剝 離該金屬箔管亦為課題。 於此,本實施形悲係對如述芯棒13本身施行各種處理 20方法,而一併解決前述冷卻(外觀變形)之課題與取出之課 題。 首先,由於芯棒13係用以使金屬箔未加工板w成形成 戴面為圓形之模型材,因此,整體上截面形狀為圓形,係 如第6圖所示,於中心部分設置有戴面γ字形之由普通之機 48 械構造用碳鋼構成之芯部13a,且該芯部13a上方安裝有用 以固持前述固定電極構件31之由強度優異之絡鋼構成之電 極支持部13b,並且於芯部13a之側部設置有整體加工成圓 形截面之側板部13c。 5 如珂述之結構之狀態下,即使固定電極構件31磨損, 亦可輕易地替換,且亦可輕易地使整體成形為圓形截面。 又,芯棒13之内部,如第6、7圖所示,形成有流體通 路45。流體通路40包括沿芯棒13之軸線形成於中心部分之 中心通路45a,及形成為由中心通路45a朝向半徑方向之分 10歧通路45b。此外,第7圖係沿芯棒之轴線之概略截面圖。刀 流體通路45係㈣騎轉接合祕⑶2圖)連接芯棒η 之端部之配管47導入空氣,並藉該空氣冷卻芯仙二由 分歧通路45b噴出空氣,藉此使金屬箱管p由芯棒13表面浮 起而取出。 / 15 使用空氣時,作業性良好,且作業環境乾淨,然而, 並非侷限於此。亦可使用其他流體,例如水或切削油等。 且,為了要輕易地由芯棒13取出金屬箔管p,亦可於芯 棒13之外周面設置有朝軸線方向延伸之缺qr(參照第二 圖)’來減少金屬箱未加工板冒與芯棒13之密著面積,而更 2〇 輕易地取出金屬箱管p。 有關前述之取出,亦可使芯棒13本身由多數構件構 j,而於金屬箱管P成形後,將其分解。第8圖係顯示沿另 一例之芯棒之軸、線之概略載面圖。例如,可如第8圖所示, 由與軸線交錯之錐面50將芯棒13分割成兩個芯棒構件 49 13(1、I3e。於金屬箔管成形後,使一個芯棒構件丨^相對於 另一個芯棒構件13d朝軸方向滑動,而將金屬箔管卩由芯棒 13剝離。然而,使用如前述之分割之芯棒13進行取出時, 心棒13可構成為由兩端支持,且一邊可朝軸方向移動之結 5 構。 藉前述實施形態得到之金屬箔管,如第1(c)圖所示, 可侍到重疊部G具有熔接成直線狀之接合部之金屬箔管。然 而,本發明並不侷限於此,亦可諸如第1(D)圖所示,得到 重豐部G,具有溶接成螺旋狀之接合部之金屬荡管。此 10例如將適當厚度之金屬洛切割成適當寬度,並將其繞捲於 $ 口孟衣之電極棒周g成螺旋狀。此時,使用檢測裝置將 箱與洛之重疊區域x調整為〇.lmm左右。又,可一面旋轉該 電極棒φ使其朝左右旋動,又,於該重疊部上方使另一 銅合金製等之電極_動,而與前述電極棒之間產生通 電來進仃溶接。接著,將該管切成適當之長度,並依昭 需要於接合部附近之内外面研磨,而可得到所需之編 管。 又’前述金屬羯管之板厚與金屬落管内直徑之比係以 〉下為佳,且宜為1/5_下。此外,由於此處所指之 出金屬簿未加工板之板厚及金屬荡管内直徑具有容許範圍誤 差’因此’係使用多處(亦如5〜10處左右)之平均值。 甘此外,與前述電極棒之間進行通電,進行縫熔接時, 4接部可藉帥接線存在錢狀㈣(㈣凝固之部 刀),或沿炼接線於50%以上之部分存在有斷續之炼核而穩 50 200417428 定地挺幵溶接部之強度。即,縫溶接時,一旦生成溶核時, 即使圓盤狀之電極(參照第6圖之標號32)旋轉行進,大部分 電流亦於電阻小之熔核部分流動(無效電流),而新接合之界 面中’由於電阻大,只有少量電流流動。因此,該部分於 5未到達熔融溫度時成為壓接狀態。一旦壓接部分完成時, 此處電阻亦變小,因此,會與溶核相同地妨礙於其前方生 成溶核。為了避免如此之惡性循環,本發明人等使用脈衝 電源進行縫熔接,於短通電時間之後設置較長之非通電時 間’並藉重複該循環而成功地得到連續溶核。此時,最適 10當之通電時間與非通電時間之比係1/12〜1/8,少於1/12或超 過1/8〜1/6時’會生成斷續之熔核。又,依照本發明人等之 實驗’得知即使是斷續之熔核,若熔接線之長度之5〇%以 上覆盍有熔核,強度上亦不會有問題,因此,係以使用脈 衝電源’且將通電時間與非通電時間之比設定為1/15〜1/7 15來進行縫熔接為佳。藉此,熔接線之長度之50%以上可覆 蓋有熔核。 同樣地,使用脈衝電源來進行壓平縫熔接時,於更穩 定地提昇溶接部之強度方面,亦發現有最適當之通電時間 與非通電日才間之比。即,壓平縫溶接時,係以使用脈衝電 2〇源,並設定通電時間與非通電時間之比為來進行溶接 為佳。 〈金屬箔管之製造方法〉 針對如前述結構之金屬箔管之製造裝置之作用 ,及金 屬箔管之製造方法作說明。 51 200417428 〈成形步驟〉 板厚為10〜ΙΟΟμηι之金屬箔未加工板W係由負壓吸附機 構等搬送機構載置於成形裝置15之固持板17上。金屬箱未 加工板W係由圖未示之導引構件固持,而固定於中心線與 5名棒13之中心軸線、形成於固持板17之凹部20之中心線一 致之位置。 固持板由該狀態藉筒體(^開始上升,固持板經常保持 於與芯棒13平行之位置。然而,金屬箔未加工板界於接觸 芯棒13時,金屬箔未加工板W於將芯棒13看作中心之狀.能 下中^兩邊大致為同一見度。金屬箱未加工板w接觸芯 棒13時,定位構件16開始動作。 定位構件16藉筒體Q使桿動作,使其由下方抵接芯棒 13中央,於芯棒13與桿前端之間挾持金屬箔未加工板%。 邊挾持係於芯棒13之後端、中央、前端進行,因此,金屬 15 ϋ未加工板W之全長接觸芯棒13。藉此,金屬箱未加工板 W疋位於其見度方向之大致中央。 定位後,再使筒體C1動作時,固持板17上升,而使芯 棒13開始進入固持板17之凹部2〇内。結果,金屬箱未加工 板堯成U子型。接著,當芯棒13進入固持板17之凹部2〇 20内時,金屬箔未加工板W變形成繞捲於芯棒13之下半部之 外周面之部分,與一對呈現由側面立起之狀態之邊。 第1按壓構件18藉筒體C3之動作朝其中_邊突出,該突 出持績進行至第1按壓構件Μ之前端接觸芯棒13之外周為 土,並使該圓狐面部分18a按壓金屬箱未加I板W之一邊使 52 其密著芯棒13之外周。 -接著,第2按壓構件19亦同樣地藉筒體C3而動作,並按 壓金屬箱未加工板W之另—邊直至前端之圓狐面部分i9a 接觸芯_之_為止,但簡段係於最終階段前停止, 使金屬未加工板W於未完全密著芯棒13之狀態下。 即’繞捲於料13之周圍,且芯棒13之頂部形成有一 組對向邊端部重疊之重疊部G,但是前述另—邊係於可位移 之狀態下,而並非於完全定位之狀態下。 於该可位移之狀態下調整重疊部G之重疊區域X。該調 正係由控制部24之檢測機構(CCD攝影機等)25檢測重疊區 ,量/並將其於演算部26與預定值作比較,來判定正不正 韦,若JL常,卿動驅動裝置(馬達等)从使偏心裝置(凸輪 或輥等)23旋轉,以使金屬絲加卫板w朝半徑(放射)方向 位移。 、重叠部G中之重疊區域⑻,於前述板厚(t)之情況下, 滿足x$40+5t(單位為時,結束重疊區域X之調整。於 該狀態下,第2按壓構件藉筒體^而動作,使金屬絲加工 板w之另一片完全密著並按壓於芯棒13。藉此,金屬箔未 加工板W保持定位於芯棒13之狀態。 〈熔接步驟〉 金屬箔未加工板w之固持結束時,重疊部G之位置位於 第1按壓構件18之前端與第2按壓構件19之前端之間,並於 固定電極構件31之正上方,且由於電極輪32可於第i按壓構 件18與第2按壓構件19之間升降,因此,可開始進行炫接。 200417428 於開始溶接時,若使電極輪32位於芯棒13之後端,而 熔接整體時,可為精度良好之熔接。 熔接,百先由筒體(:5之動作開始進行。筒體^動作晴, 其活塞桿下降,且電極輪32透過托架36、供給構件35, 凸緣狀旋轉構件34下降。電極輪32進人第丨按壓構件於前 %與第2按壓構件19之前端之間,並與固定電極構件私問 挾持重疊部G。 於挾持之狀怨下,固定電極構件31與電極輪^之間通 電時,重疊部G相互溶接’而同時驅動裝置(馬達等贼亦開 10始動作,使螺旋軸39旋轉,且使移動塊體 此«㈣於重疊部G上綠3〜15m/分鐘 屬箔未加工板W之端部溶接。 又,依照情ί兄,亦可使電極輪32位於芯棒13之前端, 而-面溶接-面壓平金屬羯管ρ。如此 心 15 2047 200417428 Drive (motor, etc.) M2 rotates. That is, the electrode wheel 32 is moved up and down by the cylinder q, and is moved by the screw shaft 39 and the driving device (motor, etc. from the rear end of the core rod 13 to the front end. In order to prevent the hardness of each electrode member 3 BM from unevenly touching or Uneven wear does not allow long-term reliable welding, and it is preferred that the hardness is approximately the same as that of the gold 5-metal foil unprocessed sheet W. From experiments, it is known that the electrode damage is less than 180 in terms of Vickers hardness Hv. To improve the high temperature strength or creep strength, the fixed electrode member 31 and the movable electrode member 33 are preferably composed of at least a portion of a copper alloy dispersed with molybdenum or alumina. In this embodiment, the thickness is extremely thin from 10 to 100 μηι. The metal foil and the unprocessed plate W are welded with an extremely small overlapping portion g of 0.1 mm. Therefore, the current value and the transmission speed are a problem. However, it is known from experiments that the current value is about 700 ~ 15 amperes and the voltage is 0.5. The best results are obtained at ~ 2.0 volts and a transfer speed of about 0 to about 5 m / min. However, when the current flows, the welding portion is heated by 30, and when the welding operation is performed for a long time, the thin metal foil raw plate W It may be deformed due to the heat, and may not be welded well. The metal foil raw sheet W is wound around the outer peripheral surface of the long core rod 13 to form a metal foil tube p. Therefore, the metal is taken out and peeled off. The foil tube is also a problem. Here, the shape of this embodiment is to perform various processing 20 methods on the core rod 13 itself, and to solve the aforementioned cooling (deformation) problem and the removal problem. First, because the core rod 13 It is used to make the metal foil unprocessed plate w into a model material with a circular wearing surface. Therefore, the overall cross-sectional shape is circular. As shown in Fig. 6, the wearing surface is provided with a gamma-shaped wearing surface at the center. A common machine 48 has a core portion 13a made of carbon steel for mechanical construction, and an electrode support portion 13b made of a high-strength core steel to hold the fixed electrode member 31 is mounted on the core portion 13a, and is placed on the core portion 13a. The side portion is provided with a side plate portion 13c which is integrally processed into a circular cross section. 5 In the state as described above, even if the fixed electrode member 31 is worn, it can be easily replaced, and the entire shape can be easily formed into a circular cross section. Again As shown in Figs. 6 and 7, a fluid passage 45 is formed inside the fluid passage 13. The fluid passage 40 includes a central passage 45a formed at the center portion along the axis of the core rod 13, and a radial passage formed from the central passage 45a toward the radial direction. 10 branch channel 45b. In addition, Fig. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view along the axis of the core rod. The knife fluid channel 45 is a figure of ㈣ ride rotation joint (2). The pipe 47 connected to the end of the core rod η introduces air, and By this air cooling core Sinji, air is ejected from the branch passage 45b, whereby the metal box tube p is floated from the surface of the core rod 13 and taken out. / 15 When using air, the workability is good and the working environment is clean. However, it is not limited to this. Other fluids such as water or cutting oil can also be used. In addition, in order to easily remove the metal foil tube p from the core rod 13, a gap qr (refer to the second figure) extending in the axial direction may be provided on the outer peripheral surface of the core rod 13 to reduce the risk of unprocessed metal boxes and metal plates. The tight area of the core rod 13 makes it easier to remove the metal box tube p. With regard to the aforementioned removal, the core rod 13 itself may be composed of a plurality of members, and after the metal box tube P is formed, it may be disassembled. Fig. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the axis and line of the core rod of another example. For example, as shown in FIG. 8, the core rod 13 can be divided into two core rod members 49 13 (1, I3e) by a tapered surface 50 staggered with the axis. After the metal foil tube is formed, one core rod member is formed. The metal foil tube 卩 is peeled from the core rod 13 by sliding in the axial direction relative to the other core rod member 13d. However, when the core rod 13 is taken out using the divided core rod 13 as described above, the core rod 13 may be configured to be supported by both ends. A structure with one side that can move in the axial direction. As shown in Figure 1 (c), the metal foil tube obtained by the foregoing embodiment can serve as a metal foil tube where the overlapping portion G has a welded portion that is welded in a straight line. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 1 (D), a heavy metal portion G having a spirally-shaped joining portion can be obtained. This 10, for example, is a metal having a proper thickness. Luo is cut into an appropriate width, and it is wound around the electrode g around the mouth of Mengyi in a spiral shape. At this time, the detection device is used to adjust the overlapping area x of the box and Luo to about 0.1 mm. Rotate the electrode rod φ to rotate left and right, and make another electrode above the overlapping portion An electrode made of copper alloy or the like is moved, and electricity is generated between the electrode and the electrode rod. Then, the tube is cut to an appropriate length, and it is ground on the inside and outside of the vicinity of the joint as needed to obtain The required braided tube. Also, the ratio of the thickness of the aforementioned metal tube to the inner diameter of the metal drop tube is preferably> 5, and preferably 1 / 5_. In addition, because the metal book referred to here is not processed The thickness of the plate and the inner diameter of the metal swing tube have an allowable range error 'so' is the average value of multiple places (such as about 5 to 10 places). In addition, when current is applied to the electrode rods and seam welding is performed, The 4 joints can be stabilized by the presence of money-like cymbals (the solidified knives) or 50% or more along the refining lines with intermittent nucleation and nucleation. During seam welding, once the nucleation is generated, even if the disc-shaped electrode (refer to reference numeral 32 in Fig. 6) rotates and rotates, most of the current also flows in the nucleus with small resistance (ineffective current), and the newly joined In the interface 'due to the high resistance, there is only a small amount of electricity Flow. Therefore, this part will be in a crimped state when the melting temperature does not reach 5. Once the crimped part is completed, the resistance here will also be small, so it will prevent the formation of nucleus in the same way as the nucleus. In order to avoid In such a vicious cycle, the inventors used pulse power to perform seam welding, set a longer non-energizing time after a short power-on time, and successfully obtained continuous nucleation by repeating this cycle. At this time, the most suitable power is 10 The ratio of time to non-energized time is 1/12 to 1/8, and when it is less than 1/12 or exceeds 1/8 to 1/6, "intermittent nuggets will be generated. In addition, according to experiments by the inventors and the like" It is learned that even with intermittent nuggets, if more than 50% of the length of the weld line is covered with nuggets, there will be no problem in strength. Therefore, it is necessary to use a pulsed power source and to switch on and off time. The ratio is preferably set to 1/15 to 1/7 15 for seam welding. As a result, more than 50% of the length of the weld line can be covered with nuggets. Similarly, when using a pulsed power supply to perform crimp seam welding, in terms of more stably increasing the strength of the welded portion, it has been found that there is an optimal ratio between the time when electricity is applied and the time when electricity is not applied. In other words, when the flat seam is welded, it is preferable to perform welding by using a pulsed electric source of 20 and setting the ratio of the energized time to the non-energized time. <Manufacturing method of metal foil tube> A description will be given of the function of the manufacturing device of the metal foil tube having the above-mentioned structure, and the manufacturing method of the metal foil tube. 51 200417428 <Forming step> A metal foil raw plate W having a thickness of 10 to 100 μm is placed on a holding plate 17 of a forming device 15 by a conveying mechanism such as a negative pressure adsorption mechanism. The unprocessed plate W of the metal box is held by a guide member (not shown), and is fixed at a position where the center line coincides with the center axis of the five rods 13 and the center line of the recessed portion 20 of the holding plate 17. From this state, the holding plate starts to rise from the cylinder (^), and the holding plate is often maintained at a position parallel to the core rod 13. However, when the unprocessed metal foil plate is in contact with the core rod 13, the unprocessed metal foil plate The rod 13 is regarded as the center. It can be lowered and the two sides are approximately the same visibility. When the unprocessed metal box w contacts the core rod 13, the positioning member 16 starts to move. The positioning member 16 moves the rod by the cylinder Q to make it The center of the core rod 13 is abutted from below, and the unprocessed metal foil% is held between the core rod 13 and the front end of the rod. The side holding is performed at the rear end, center, and front end of the core rod 13, so the metal 15 ϋunprocessed plate W The full length contacts the mandrel 13. Thus, the unprocessed metal box W 金属 of the metal box is located approximately in the center of the visibility direction. After positioning, when the cylinder C1 is operated, the holding plate 17 rises, and the mandrel 13 starts to be held. The recessed portion 20 of the plate 17 is formed. As a result, the unprocessed plate of the metal box is U-shaped. Then, when the core rod 13 enters the recessed portion 2020 of the holding plate 17, the unprocessed metal foil plate W is deformed and wound. The outer peripheral portion of the lower half of the core rod 13 stands sideways with a pair of The first pressing member 18 protrudes toward the side by the action of the cylinder C3, and the protrusion is performed until the front end of the first pressing member M contacts the outer periphery of the core rod 13 to be soil, and the round fox surface is made. The part 18a presses one side of the metal box without the I plate W so that it 52 adheres to the outer periphery of the core rod 13. Next, the second pressing member 19 also operates by the cylinder C3, and presses the metal box unprocessed plate W. The other side is until the round fox face part i9a at the front end comes in contact with the core _, but the short section is stopped before the final stage, so that the metal unprocessed sheet W is not completely in close contact with the core rod 13. That is, 'winding Around the material 13 and a set of overlapping portions G where the opposite end ends overlap is formed on the top of the core rod 13, but the other side is in a displaceable state, not in a fully positioned state. In a displaceable state, the overlap region X of the overlap portion G is adjusted. The adjustment is performed by the detection mechanism (CCD camera, etc.) 25 of the control portion 24, and the amount of the overlap area is measured / compared with the predetermined value in the calculation portion 26. To determine whether it is positive or negative. If JL is constant, the driving device (motor, etc.) will be biased. The device (cam or roller, etc.) 23 rotates so that the wire guard plate w is displaced in the radius (radiation) direction. The overlap area 重叠 in the overlap portion G meets x $ 40 in the case of the aforementioned plate thickness (t). + 5t (when the unit is, the adjustment of the overlap region X is ended. In this state, the second pressing member is moved by the cylinder ^, so that the other piece of the wire processing plate w is completely adhered and pressed against the core rod 13. Borrow Therefore, the unprocessed metal foil W remains in the state of being positioned on the core rod 13. <Welding Step> When the retention of the unprocessed metal foil w is finished, the position of the overlap portion G is located at the front end of the first pressing member 18 and the second pressing member. 19 is between the front end and directly above the fixed electrode member 31, and since the electrode wheel 32 can be raised and lowered between the i-th pressing member 18 and the second pressing member 19, the flash connection can be started. 200417428 At the beginning of welding, if the electrode wheel 32 is located at the rear end of the core rod 13, and the whole welding is performed, it can be a welding with good accuracy. Welding begins with the action of the cylinder (: 5. The cylinder moves well, its piston rod descends, and the electrode wheel 32 passes through the bracket 36, the supply member 35, and the flange-like rotating member 34 descends. The electrode wheel 32 Enter the first pressing member between the front% and the front end of the second pressing member 19, and hold the overlapping part G with the fixed electrode member in private. Under the state of holding, power is applied between the fixed electrode member 31 and the electrode wheel ^. At the same time, the overlapping parts G are fused to each other and the driving device is driven simultaneously (the thief such as a motor also starts 10 to rotate the screw shaft 39 and make the moving block «㈣ green on the overlapping part G 3 ~ 15m / min belongs to the foil. The end of the processing plate W is welded. In addition, according to the situation, the electrode wheel 32 can also be located at the front end of the core rod 13, and the surface is welded and the surface is flattened. Ρ 心 15 20

作迅速i 〈加工步驟〉Quickly i <Processing steps>

熔接結束時,對該熔接之部分加工使其平滑。,力 係藉磨刀石進行研磨,或藉磨光機、輥壓光機進行壓&amp; 直至金屬fl管P之表面變成平滑,然而由於可使用丁^ 術,因此省略說明。 A头 接著,由芯棒13取出金屬箔管P。該取出,係由#棒 之端部供給空氣至流體通路45,再透過沿芯棒13之輛^ 由中心通路45a分歧之分歧通路451)朝半徑方向噴出 藉此將金屬箔管p由芯棒13剝離。即使僅有少數办气' 54 ^υυ417428 要芯棒13與金屬箔管p之間有空氣流動,就可輕易地由芯棒 13取下金屬箔管p。此外,亦可於該取下後進行前述加工。 前述實施形態,係於固定電極構件上使可動電極構件 移動或使金屬箔管P移動,然而,除此以外,本發明亦可使 兩電極構件相對地移動,或使兩電極構件與金屬箔管?相對 地移動。 藉前述熔接方法得到之熔接金屬箔管,可直接作為本 發明之炼接金屬羯管而廣泛地使用於各種用途,然而,依 照需要,更可於藉前述熔接方法得到之熔接金屬箔管中放At the end of welding, the welded part is processed to make it smooth. The force is ground by a sharpening stone, or pressed by a grinder or a roller calender until the surface of the metal fl tube P becomes smooth. However, since Ding technique can be used, the description is omitted. A head Next, the metal foil tube P is taken out from the core rod 13. This extraction is performed by supplying air to the fluid passage 45 from the end of the #rod, and then passing it through the car 13 along the mandrel 13 (the diverging passage 451 diverging from the central passage 45a) is sprayed in a radial direction, thereby pulling the metal foil tube p from the mandrel. 13 stripped. Even if there is only a small amount of gas, the metal foil tube p can be easily removed from the core rod 13 if there is air flow between the core rod 13 and the metal foil tube p. Alternatively, the aforementioned processing may be performed after the removal. In the foregoing embodiment, the movable electrode member is moved on the fixed electrode member or the metal foil tube P is moved. However, in addition to this, the present invention may also move the two electrode members relative to each other, or the two electrode members and the metal foil tube ? Move relatively. The welded metal foil tube obtained by the foregoing welding method can be directly used as the smelted metal stern tube of the present invention and widely used in various applications. However, according to the needs, it can be put in the welded metal foil tube obtained by the foregoing welding method.

10 入芯轴,再藉擠擊法、分割輥軋製法、壓模法(壓鑄法”及 金屬旋壓式成型法或該等方法之組合進行冷加卫以減少厚 15 度,並且使前魏接料滑以難_接敎形狀與表亩 粗度,並使該熔接部之材質加工硬化。 前述金屬管之㈣部之加卫法,可如前述般進行招 擊法、分騎軋製法、壓模法、及金屬㈣式成型法或舞 等方法之組合進行冷加工。由於該等擠擊法、分割概札楽 法、壓模法、及金屬旋壓式成型法係、公知之冷加工㈣, 因此,省略此處之加工法之說明。10 Enter the mandrel, and then cold-guard to reduce the thickness by 15 degrees by extrusion, split roll rolling, compression molding (die-casting), metal spinning molding or a combination of these methods, and make the former Wei The material is slipped with difficulty _ shape and surface thickness, and the material of the welded part is processed and hardened. The guarding method of the metal tube ’s crotch can be carried out as described above. Cold working is performed by a combination of the compression molding method, and the metal molding method or the dance method. Because of the extrusion method, the segmentation method, the compression molding method, and the metal spinning method, the well-known cold processing method, Therefore, the description of the processing method here is omitted.

20 =中二炫接金屬㈣接部為對象時,不易直 接進灯處理’因此,可事先於該金 於可適用冷加工(主尊A㈣“、e中放入芯軸,而 U要為塑性加工)之狀態下進行各加工。 刖:心軸,係例如S45C經由淬火之高 係使用符合溶接管内徑之外徑者,且最好於&quot;工有改kk ’隨時更換適合之外徑之芯轴 管之内徑因加 55 又,擠擊法係於前述熔接管插入前述芯軸後,利用配 置於s之外側之3〜4個工具,敲擊管表面使管之厚度變薄。 又,分割輥軋製法,係於前述熔接管插入前述芯軸後, 再利用另外之夾具或背托輥按壓多數配置於管之外側之小 直,而使管與多數小直徑輥相對地旋轉,使管之厚度 變薄。 又,壓模法係使稍粗之材料(此處係指已放入芯軸之溶 妾名¥ )通過圓錐狀之孔(模孔)而拉伸之方法,使用適當之 濶滑劑時,可於管之直徑不改變之情況下,使管變薄。 又,金屬旋壓式成型法,係一面使已放入芯軸之熔接 、名官旋轉,一面使壓單數或多數之刮刀按壓管之外面,使 管之厚度變薄。 該等冷加工法,可於管接近完成尺寸時,使加工工具 或概之表面粗度變得很小,藉此使熔接部之形狀成為均勻 之厚度且光滑。本發明之金屬箔管係以藉進行前述冷加工 變薄’且調整該熔接部使其光滑,而達到几8 b〇6〇i_2001(最 大咼度粗度)所規定之表面粗度Rz2〇(im以下為佳。 又,利用前述冷加工來減少厚度,並使材質加工硬化, 而使材質之硬度以維氏硬度(Hv)計時,為3〇〇〜6〇〇,且最好 是400〜600,又,尤以45〇〜55〇為佳。藉此,可如前述提供 一種於财久性、耐磨損性優異,高循環疲勞壽命長方面具 有有效硬度之炼接金屬箔管。此外,此處所謂之維氏硬度, 係包含了金屬箔官之母材部及熔接部雙方之硬度。 且’本發明之金屬箔管之製造方法中,於縫熔接不鏽 時 ct» 丁’由於不鏽鋼之表面鈍態化皮膜牢固,因此,為了要 將其完全地破壞並沿熔接線之全長得到牢固之金屬結合, 必需仔細檢討電流、電壓、熔接速度、及通電比率等,進 5仃相當狹窄之熔接條件之範圍内的熔接。特別是進行完全 墼平重$之2片箔而形成1片之厚度之壓平縫熔接時,箔 之、面封閉之部分,即,藉壓接壓迫2片之箱重疊部之端面 而使其大致成為一體之部分之通電密度小。因此,該部分 、、-強度不充足,於反覆加工時會有沿接合線打開之情 1〇兄為了解決該問題,本發明人等發現兩個方法有效。 、其中一個方法,係將不鏽鋼箔藉電阻熔接等接合或再 成幵v加工所構成之羯管熱處理,以使接合線擴散接合來補 =合強度。此時,減理係以於真空熱處理或惰性大氣 中進行為佳。適當之熱處理溫度8GG〜11GG°C。不鏽鋼 為月:粒鐵系或麻田散鐵系時,可使用低溫,而為沃斯田鐵 15糸時則必需高溫。然而,小於_°C時,擴散接合無法充分 也進仃,又,超過1100°c時,於熱處理時變形大,結晶粒 亦粗大化g此*佳。又,熱處理亦具有使溶接部周邊之 …應力開放’舰接部周邊不再看起來硬軸之效果。再 者,若於熱處理後進行前述硬質電鑛,亦可隱蔽溶接部之 1凹凸相热法判定炫接部之位置之程度。前述硬質電 錢金屬,可以鉻、鎳^巴等金屬為主體,為了使該等 疋素更化添加些坪P等添加物係有效果的。電鍛抓斤系人 金時,Ρ之濃度係以重量比Η4%為佳。因為少於1%時: 化政果溥弱,而超過14%時,電錢層脆化、容易產生裂痕。 57 200417428 電鍍方法,可使用無電解魏或電鍍,而電鍍箱管之内側 (内表面)時無電解電鍍較適合。 ίο20 = It is not easy to directly enter the lamp when the second joint is connected to the metal joint. Therefore, it is possible to apply cold machining to the gold in advance (main mandrel A㈣ ", e is placed in the mandrel, and U is plastic machining. ): 心: mandrel, such as S45C through quenching the high system using the outside diameter in accordance with the inside diameter of the tube, and it is best to "quote" to replace the core with a suitable outside diameter at any time The inner diameter of the shaft tube is increased by 55. The extrusion method is based on the fact that the welded tube is inserted into the mandrel and then the surface of the tube is tapped with 3 to 4 tools to reduce the thickness of the tube. The split roll rolling method is after the welding pipe is inserted into the mandrel, and then a small clamp or a backing roller is used to press the majority of the small straight arranged on the outside of the pipe, so that the pipe is rotated relative to the majority of the small-diameter rollers, so that the pipe In addition, the compression molding method is a method in which a slightly thick material (here, the solvent name ¥ that has been placed in a mandrel) is stretched through a conical hole (die hole), and an appropriate method is used. In the case of slip agent, the tube can be made thin without changing the diameter of the tube. The metal spinning type molding method is to make the thickness of the tube thinner while making the single or most of the blades press the outer surface of the tube while rotating the welding and famous officials who have been placed in the mandrel. When the tube is close to the finished size, the surface roughness of the processing tool or die becomes very small, thereby making the shape of the welded portion uniform and smooth. The metal foil tube of the present invention is thinned by the aforementioned cold working 'and The welded portion is adjusted to be smooth so as to achieve a surface roughness Rz20 (im or less) specified by 8 b60i_2001 (maximum thickness roughness). In addition, the aforementioned cold working is used to reduce the thickness and make the material Work hardening, so that the hardness of the material is measured from Vickers hardness (Hv) to 300 ~ 600, preferably 400 ~ 600, and more preferably 45 ~ 55. By this, it can be As mentioned above, there is provided a smelted metal foil tube having excellent hardness in terms of financial properties, abrasion resistance, and high cycle fatigue life. In addition, the so-called Vickers hardness here refers to the base material of the metal foil officer. Hardness of both the welded part and the welded part. In the manufacturing method of the metal foil tube of Ming Dynasty, when the stainless steel is welded by seam, ct »Ding 'is hard to passivate the film on the surface of stainless steel. Therefore, in order to completely destroy it and obtain a strong metal bond along the entire length of the weld line, It is necessary to carefully review the current, voltage, welding speed, and energization ratio, etc., and weld within a narrow welding range of 5 仃. In particular, perform 2 flat foils with a flat weight of $ 2 to form a flat thickness of 1 When the seam is welded, the current density of the part where the foil and the surface are closed, that is, the part where the two parts of the box overlap are pressed by pressing to make it approximately integrated is small. Therefore, the strength of this part is not sufficient. During repeated processing, it may be opened along the bonding line. 10 In order to solve this problem, the inventors found that two methods are effective. One of the methods is to join or re-stain the stainless steel foil by resistance welding or the like. The formed stern tube is heat-treated so that the bonding wire is diffusely bonded to compensate for the joint strength. In this case, the reduction is preferably performed in a vacuum heat treatment or an inert atmosphere. Appropriate heat treatment temperature is 8GG ~ 11GG ° C. Stainless steel is for the moon: grain iron system or Asada loose iron system, low temperature can be used, while for Woshida iron 15 糸, high temperature is required. However, if the temperature is lower than _ ° C, the diffusion bonding cannot be performed sufficiently, and when it exceeds 1100 ° C, the deformation during heat treatment is large, and the crystal grains are coarsened, which is the best. In addition, the heat treatment also has the effect of making the perimeter of the welded portion… stress open 'the periphery of the welded portion no longer looks like a hard shaft. In addition, if the aforementioned hard electric ore is performed after the heat treatment, the degree of the position of the glazed portion can also be determined by the concavo-convex phase thermal method of the concealed portion. The above-mentioned hard metal can be mainly composed of metals such as chromium and nickel, and it is effective to add additives such as Ping in order to make these halogens more effective. When the electro-forged gripper is made of gold, the concentration of P is preferably 4% by weight. When it is less than 1%: the result is weak, and when it exceeds 14%, the electric money layer is brittle and prone to cracks. 57 200417428 The electroplating method can be electroless or electroplated. Electroless electroplating is more suitable for the inside (inner surface) of the plating tank tube. ίο

第二方法,係事先魏接前之金射 :等第10〜11族元素或包含該等元素之合金(例如,…系: 金等)’或者_較A1等金屬ϋ之炫點更低之金屬(包含合 金),且最好是八丨等炫點為1鳩。c以下之金屬(包含合金), ㈣其電⑽接而㈣金射g管之方法。使用該方^寺,’ 若接合線之-部份未到達不鏽鋼等之金射^炼點,但已 到達電鑛層之溶點以上時,電鑛層就會炼解,並且大部分 ‘ Ik著不鏽鋼等金屬箔表面之鈍態化皮膜等,沿接合線样 出至接合部之外。因此,可沿熔接線得到完整之金屬結合。 且,儘管箔之端面封閉之部分產生有小溝,但此亦由電鍍 之熔融金屬填埋,不會於接合部產生凹痕。The second method is the golden shot beforehand: waiting for group 10 ~ 11 elements or alloys containing these elements (for example, ... series: gold, etc.) or _ lower than the dazzling point of metal 等 such as A1 Metal (including alloys), and preferably eight points, etc., is 1 dove. c. The following metals (including alloys) are made by electrically connecting them to gold tubes. Using this square temple, 'If the-part of the bonding wire does not reach the gold injection point of stainless steel, but it has reached the melting point of the electric ore layer, the electric ore layer will be melted, and most of the Passively passivated film on the surface of metal foil, such as stainless steel, is drawn along the joint line to the outside of the joint. Therefore, a complete metal bond can be obtained along the weld line. In addition, although small grooves are generated in the closed portion of the end surface of the foil, this is also buried by the electroplated molten metal, and no dent is generated at the joint.

又,本發明之金屬落管之製造方法,係以藉金屬羯管 I5之溶接,於該溶接部沿溶接線存在有連續之溶核(炼融凝固 之部分),或沿熔接線於50%以上之部分存在有斷續之熔核 為佳。此係由於縫熔接等之熔接部,可藉沿熔接線存在有 連續之熔核(熔融凝固之部分),或沿熔接線於5〇%以上之部 分存在有斷續之熔核,而穩定地提昇熔接部之強度。 -° 又,縫熔接時,一旦生成熔核時,即使圓盤狀之電極(參 照第6圖之標號32)旋轉行進,大部分電流亦於電阻小之熔 核部分流動(無效電流),而新接合之界面中,由於電阻大, 只有少篁電流流動。因此,該部分於未到達熔融溫度時成 為壓接狀悲。一旦壓接部分完成時,此處電阻亦變小,因 58 200417428 此,會與熔核相同地妨礙於其前方生成熔核。為了避免如 此之惡性循環,本發明人等使用脈衝電源進行縫熔接,於 短通電時間之後設置較長之非通電時間,並藉重複該循環 而成功地得到連續炼核。此時,最適當之通電時間與非通 5電時間之比係1/12〜丨怨,少於1/12或超過1/8〜1/6時,會生成 斷繽之熔核。依照本發明人等之實驗,得知即使是斷續之 熔核,若熔接線之長度之5〇%以上覆蓋有熔核,強度上亦 不會有問題。由前述可知,為了得到覆纽接長度5〇%以 上之熔核,必需將通電時間與非通電時間之比設定為 10 1/15〜1/7。由前述可知,本發明之金屬箔管之製造方法,係 以使用脈衝電源,且將通電時間與非通電時間之比設定為 1/15〜1/7來進行縫熔接為佳。 且,本發明人等於使用脈衝電源進行壓平縫熔接時, 為了要更穩定地提昇熔接部之強度,亦發現有最適當之通 15電時間與非通電時間之比。即,本發明之金屬箔管之製造 方法,係以使用脈衝電源,且設定通電時間與非通電時間 之比為1/3〜1/1來進行壓平縫熔接為佳。 實施例 使用以下之實施例及比較例說明本發明之效果。然 20而,本發明之技術範圍並沒有限定於以下之實施例。此外, 沒有特別顯示單位之尺寸單位係rmm」單位。 實施例1 適當地控制軋製輥表面粗度,將SUS410L(ll%Cr-0.02%C) 之不鏽鋼軋製成4〇μπι之厚度,使箔之表面粗度Rz分別為 59 及0.8岬,並將軋製之材料切成94 3mmLx25〇mmW。 將前述具有兩縣面粗度之Μ職繞於遍m0之銅合 金之夾具並藉縫熔接接合100μιη之重疊部分。此時,將兩 者((a)表面粗度112為1.4111之管,與(b)表面粗度為⑴叫❿之 笞)之接合部周邊切除並進行嵌入研磨,確認分別之母材部 之硬度(Ην)都為270左右,且接合部之硬度(Ην)都為23〇左 右。蝕刻兩者之研磨試料並調查金屬組織,結果發現兩者 之接合部都沒有熔融凝固相,且接合面為固相接合狀態, 於此為低碳鉬相。此外,接合部之厚度兩者都為55#m。將 該兩者之管(參照第1(C)圖)分別切成5〇mm長,並研磨接合 部周邊之内外面,使兩者之接合部之厚度都為42//111。於兩 者都插入硬海綿圓筒,並一面按壓於12〇111111(;/)&gt;&lt; 80mmL 之 鋼製輥表面,一面旋轉來調查疲勞壽命。此時之試驗管旋 轉速度為120rpm,且於最貼合鋼製輥之狀態下,試驗管約 有4mm壓壞之情況。此時,試驗管表面產生之變形為 0.17%。試驗之結果,於兩者之管(a)、(b)都經過1〇〇萬次以 上之旋轉後,試驗管並沒有異常。 實施例2 將表面粗度Rzl.Opm及〇·5μηι之SUS316L(16% Cr-120/〇 Ni-2% Mo)之30μιη厚度之退火箔分別切成60mm寬,並將其 繞捲於前述30mm 0之銅合金製之電極棒周圍成螺旋狀。此 時’針對表面粗度Rz為Ι.Ομπι者與表面粗度以為…阿者兩 者’將箔與箔之重疊區域分別調整成丨⑼^^。且,一面旋 轉该電極棒一面使其朝左右旋動,又,於該重疊部上方使 200417428 另一銅合金製等之電極輥轉動,而與前述電極棒之間產生 通電,來進行壓平縫熔接。與實施例1同樣地調查兩者((c) 表面粗度Rz為Ι.Ομιη之管與(d)表面粗度為〇·5μΓη之管)之接 合部周邊之硬度,結果發現兩者之母材部都為Ην200左右, 5 且接合部都為245左右。又,調查金屬組織,確認兩者都沒 有熔融凝固相。且將該兩者之管(參照第1(D))分別切成 50mm長,並於接合部附近之内外面進行研磨,且利用與實 施例1同樣之方法進行疲勞試驗。 此外,試驗於試驗管表面產生之變形為0.13%,結果, 10 該兩者之管(c)、(d)都可耐100萬次以上之疲勞試驗。 實施例3 使用表面粗度Rz為0.3 // m及0.8 // m之SUS304 (18%Cr-8%Ni)之50#m厚之完全退火材,與實施例1同樣之 方法製成兩種箔管。此外,該不鏽鋼箔係於Ar-H2大氣環境 15 中退火,表面之氮濃度為1.2%。兩者((e)表面粗度Rz為0.3 //m厚之管,與(f)表面粗度RZ為0.8/zm之管)之接合部都為 75//m,並藉研磨内外面成為60//mo此時,兩者之母材部 之硬度都為Hvl78左右,接合部都為Hv220左右。與實施例 1同樣地進行疲勞試驗,結果該兩者之管(e)、(f)都可耐1〇〇 20 萬次以上之疲勞試驗。 實施例4 使用表面粗度 Ι1ζ0·34μηι 之 SUS304(18%Cr*-8%Ni)之 50μπι厚之元全退火材’並利用與貫施例1同樣之方法製成 箔管。此外,該不鏽鋼箔於氨分解氣體中退火,表面之氮 61 /畏度為4.4%。接合部之厚度為77μιη,並藉内外面之研磨成 為6〇μηι。此時,兩者之母材部之硬度都為Ην190左右,接 合部都為Hv230左右。與實施例1同樣地進行疲勞試驗,結 果該管於50萬次時,母材之表面有微細之裂痕產生,因此 停止疲勞試驗,然而於使用用途方面,具有50萬次之耐久 性者,已可充分供於實用。 實施例5 使用表面粗度 Rz0 5MJn 之 SUS304(18%Cr-8%Ni)之 5〇μπι厚之硬質材,並利用與實施例1同樣之方法製成箔 言接合^之厚度為90μιη,並藉内外面之研磨成為60μπι。 此時’兩者之母材部之硬度都為Ην410左右,接合部都為In addition, the manufacturing method of the metal drop tube of the present invention is based on the welding of the metal stern tube I5, and there is a continuous nucleus (a smelting and solidifying part) along the melting line at the welding portion, or 50% along the welding line It is better to have intermittent nuggets in the above part. This is because the welds such as seam welds can be stabilized by the existence of continuous nuclei (melted and solidified parts) along the weld line, or intermittent nuggets present at more than 50% of the weld line. Increase the strength of the weld. -° Also, during seam welding, once a nugget is generated, even if the disc-shaped electrode (refer to reference numeral 32 in Fig. 6) rotates and rotates, most of the current flows in the nugget part with low resistance (ineffective current), and In the newly bonded interface, due to the high resistance, only a small amount of current flows. Therefore, this part becomes crimped when the melting temperature is not reached. Once the crimping section is completed, the resistance here also becomes small, because 58 200417428, this will prevent the nugget from forming in the same way as the nugget. In order to avoid such a vicious cycle, the present inventors used a pulsed power supply for seam welding, set a longer non-energized time after a short power-on time, and successfully obtained continuous nuclear refinement by repeating the cycle. At this time, the ratio of the most suitable power-on time to the non-power-on 5 power time is 1/12 ~ 丨. If it is less than 1/12 or exceeds 1/8 ~ 1/6, a nucleus will be generated. According to experiments by the present inventors, it is known that even if the nuggets are intermittent, if 50% or more of the length of the weld line is covered with nuggets, there will be no problem in strength. From the foregoing, it is known that in order to obtain a nugget with a joint length of 50% or more, it is necessary to set the ratio of the power-on time to the power-off time to 10 1/15 to 1/7. From the foregoing, it can be known that the method for manufacturing the metal foil tube of the present invention uses a pulsed power supply and sets the ratio of the energized time to the non-energized time to 1/15 to 1/7 to perform seam welding. In addition, when the inventor is equal to using a pulse power source for flat seam welding, in order to more stably increase the strength of the welded portion, he also found that there is the most appropriate ratio of on-time to off-time. That is, in the method for manufacturing a metal foil tube of the present invention, it is preferable to perform a flat seam welding by using a pulse power source and setting a ratio of the energized time to the non-energized time to 1/3 to 1/1. Examples The following examples and comparative examples are used to illustrate the effects of the present invention. However, the technical scope of the present invention is not limited to the following examples. In addition, the unit of measurement without special display units is the unit "rmm". Example 1 The surface roughness of a rolling roll was appropriately controlled, and SUS410L (ll% Cr-0.02% C) stainless steel was rolled to a thickness of 40 μm, so that the surface roughness Rz of the foil was 59 and 0.8, respectively, and The rolled material was cut into 94 3 mmLx25.0 mmW. The aforementioned M post having the thickness of two counties was wound around a jig of copper alloy over m0, and the overlapped part of 100 m was welded by seam welding. At this time, the periphery of the joint between the two ((a) surface roughness 112 is 1.4111, and (b) surface roughness is howling ❿ 笞) is cut off and embedded, and the The hardness (Ην) is about 270, and the hardness (Ην) of the joints is about 23 °. The abrasive samples of both were etched and the metal structure was investigated. As a result, it was found that neither of the joints of the two had a molten solidified phase, and the joint surface was in a solid-phase joint state. This is a low-carbon molybdenum phase. In addition, the thickness of the joint portion was both 55 # m. The two tubes (see Fig. 1 (C)) were cut into 50 mm lengths, and the inside and outside of the perimeter of the joint were ground so that the thickness of both joints was 42 // 111. Both were inserted into a hard sponge cylinder, pressed against the surface of a steel roll of 12010111 (; /) &lt; 80mmL, and rotated to investigate the fatigue life. At this time, the rotation speed of the test tube was 120 rpm, and the test tube was crushed by about 4 mm in the state of the closest fit to the steel roll. At this time, the deformation on the surface of the test tube was 0.17%. As a result of the test, after both the tubes (a) and (b) were rotated more than one million times, the test tube was normal. Example 2 30 μm thick annealed foil with a surface roughness of Rzl.Opm and 0.5 μm of SUS316L (16% Cr-120 / 〇Ni-2% Mo) was cut into 60 mm widths and wound around the aforementioned 30 mm Spiral around electrode rods made of 0 copper alloy. At this time, 'for both the surface roughness Rz being 1.0 μm and the surface roughness, it is thought that ... both of them' are used to adjust the overlap area of the foil and foil to 丨 ⑼ ^^, respectively. Then, while rotating the electrode rod, it is rotated to the left and right, and another electrode roller of 200417428 made of copper alloy or the like is rotated above the overlapping portion, and electricity is generated between the electrode rod and the electrode bar to perform a flat seam. Welding. The hardness of the periphery of the joint between ((c) a tube having a surface roughness Rz of 1.0 μm and (d) a tube having a surface roughness of 0.5 μΓη) was investigated in the same manner as in Example 1. As a result, the mother of the two was found. The material parts are all about Ην200, 5 and the joint parts are all about 245. In addition, the metal structure was investigated, and it was confirmed that neither had a molten solidified phase. The two tubes (refer to No. 1 (D)) were cut into 50 mm lengths, ground on the inside and outside of the joint, and subjected to a fatigue test in the same manner as in Example 1. In addition, the deformation on the surface of the test tube during the test was 0.13%. As a result, both of the tubes (c) and (d) could withstand a fatigue test of more than one million times. Example 3 A 50 # m-thick fully annealed material of SUS304 (18% Cr-8% Ni) with a surface roughness Rz of 0.3 // m and 0.8 // m was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1. Foil tube. In addition, the stainless steel foil was annealed in an Ar-H2 atmosphere 15 and the surface nitrogen concentration was 1.2%. Both ((e) the tube with a surface roughness Rz of 0.3 // m thick, and (f) the tube with a surface roughness RZ of 0.8 / zm) have joints of 75 // m, and they become 60 // mo At this time, the hardness of the base material part of both is about Hvl78, and the joint part is about Hv220. The fatigue test was performed in the same manner as in Example 1. As a result, both of the tubes (e) and (f) could withstand a fatigue test of 10.2 million or more times. Example 4 A 50 μm thick fully-annealed material of SUS304 (18% Cr * -8% Ni) having a surface roughness of 11 z 0.34 μm was used, and a foil tube was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. In addition, the stainless steel foil was annealed in an ammonia-decomposing gas, and the surface nitrogen / strength was 4.4%. The thickness of the joint was 77 μm, and was ground to 60 μm by grinding the inside and outside. At this time, the hardness of the base material part of both is about 190ν190, and the joint part is about Hv230. The fatigue test was performed in the same manner as in Example 1. As a result, when the tube was subjected to 500,000 times, fine cracks were generated on the surface of the base material. Therefore, the fatigue test was stopped. Can be fully used for practical purposes. Example 5 A 50 μm thick hard material of SUS304 (18% Cr-8% Ni) with a surface roughness of Rz0 5MJn was used, and the thickness of the foil joint was made by the same method as in Example 1, and the thickness was 90 μm, and It becomes 60μm by grinding the inside and outside. At this time, the hardness of the base material portion of both is about 410ν410, and the joint portion is both

Hv230左右,接合部與母材部之硬度差都為母材部之硬度之 43% °與實施例1同樣地進行疲勞試驗,結果該管於50萬次 時’接合部與母材部之邊界產生裂痕而破裂。此時,於使 用用迷方面’具有5〇萬次之耐久性者,已可充分供於實用。 實施例6 使用表面粗度汉2為〇 7# miSTJS42〇Jl(l3%Cr_0.18%C) 之20//m厚之軋製材,與實施例丨同樣之方法製成箔管。此 外,接口 °卩之厚度為32“m,並藉研磨内外面成為23//m。 此時,母材部之硬度為Hv340左右,接合部為Hv315左右。 與貫施例1’地進行疲勞試驗,結果,該管可耐耀萬次 以上之疲勞試驗。 實施例7 使用表面粗度Rz為0.9 // m之SUS630 (17%Cr- 200417428 4%Ni-4%Cu-0.2%NM).1%Ta)之脚m厚之札製材应實施 例!同樣之方法製成H管。此外,接合部之厚度為, 並藉研磨内外面成為26_。接著,於真空熱處理爐加熱至 104(TC後,於冷卻過程中以似叱之!小時之均熱使其析出 5硬化。此時,母材部與接合部之硬度大致相同,為Hv380 左右。與實施例1同樣地進行疲勞試驗,結果,該管可财2〇〇 萬次以上之疲勞試驗。 實施例8 使用表面粗度R4〇,85em之YUS170(日本新日鐵規 格:24%⑸2%Ni_0.7%M〇_〇35%N)之以m厚之乾製材並 與實施例1同樣之方法製成箱管。接合部之厚度為3〇㈣, 並藉研磨内外面成為22y m。此時,母材部之硬度為Hv29〇 左右’接合部為Ην22〇左右。與實施例】同樣地進行疲勞試 驗’結果’該管可耐100萬次以上之疲勞試驗。 15 比較例1 於貝細*例1〜8中’除了以雷射熔接替代電阻熔接(壓平 縫溶接)接合分別之不鏽鋼箱以外,與實施例卜8同樣地將 各不鏽鋼泊材料製成箱管來進行疲勞試驗。任一情況下都 為帛30萬次,且接合部與母材部之邊界部產生裂痕而破 比較例2 、於K ^例1〜8中’除了以電漿溶接替代電阻溶接(壓平 縫溶接)接合分歡残鋼箱料,與實補卜8同樣地將 各不鑛鋼純_錢管來崎疲勞試驗 。任一情況下都 63 200417428 為10萬〜30萬次,且接合部與母材部之邊 遷界部產生裂痕而破 裂。 實施例9 使用已於Ar-H2大氣環境中退火之表工, 〜表面粗度Rz〇.9^m 5 之SUS304之厚度60// m之完全退火笔 A (表面之氮濃度為 1.2%),並與實施州同樣之方法,_平雜接法製成· 24〜3〇mm0x 250mmL之管。接著,針對該等中^個管, 放入已退火之S45C製之芯軸於該等管φ,Around Hv230, the hardness difference between the joint part and the base metal part is 43% of the hardness of the base metal part. The fatigue test was performed in the same manner as in Example 1. As a result, when the tube was 500,000 times, the boundary between the joint part and the base metal part Cracks occur and break. At this time, those having a durability of 500,000 times in terms of the use of the fans are already sufficiently practical. Example 6 A 20 // m-thick rolled material having a surface roughness of 2 # 07 # miSTJS42〇J1 (13% Cr_0.18% C) was used to produce a foil tube in the same manner as in Example 丨. In addition, the thickness of the interface ° 卩 is 32 "m, and it is 23 // m by grinding the inner and outer surfaces. At this time, the hardness of the base material portion is about Hv340, and the joint portion is about Hv315. Fatigue was performed as in Example 1 '. The test, as a result, the tube can withstand more than 10,000 times of fatigue test. Example 7 SUS630 (17% Cr- 200417428 4% Ni-4% Cu-0.2% NM) with a surface roughness Rz of 0.9 // m is used. 1% Ta) feet m thickness of the material should be an example! The same method is used to make the H tube. In addition, the thickness of the joint portion is 26_ by grinding the inside and outside. Then, it is heated to 104 (TC in a vacuum heat treatment furnace). Then, during the cooling process, the precipitation was hardened with a soak! Hours of soaking. At this time, the hardness of the base material part and the joint part was approximately the same, about Hv380. The fatigue test was performed in the same manner as in Example 1, and the results The tube can be used for fatigue tests of more than 200,000 times. Example 8 YUS170 (Japanese Nippon Steel Specification: 24% ⑸2% Ni_0.7% M0_〇35% N) with a surface roughness of R40,85em ) It is made of m-thick dry material and made into a tube in the same manner as in Example 1. The thickness of the joint is 303, and it is 22 by grinding the inner and outer surfaces. ym. At this time, the hardness of the base material portion is about Hv29 ° and the joint portion is about Ην22 °. The fatigue test was performed in the same manner as in the example. “Result” The tube can withstand a fatigue test of more than 1 million cycles. 15 Comparative Example 1 Yu Beixi * Examples 1 to 8 'Except for the use of laser welding instead of resistance welding (flat seam welding) to join the separate stainless steel tanks, the same stainless steel mooring materials were made into box tubes as in Example 8 to fatigue In each case, it was 帛 300,000 times, and a crack was generated at the boundary between the joint portion and the base material portion to break the comparative example 2. In K ^ Examples 1 to 8, 'except for plasma welding instead of resistance welding (pressure Flat seam welding) Join the steel box materials, and perform the same test as in Bubu No. 8 to test the non-mineral steel pure _ money tube Laizaki fatigue test. In any case 63 200417428 100,000 to 300,000 times, and join The edge boundary part of the metal part and the base metal part produced cracks and ruptured. Example 9 Using a watchmaker which has been annealed in the atmosphere of Ar-H2, ~ SUS304 with a surface roughness of Rz 0.90 m 5 and a thickness of 60 // m complete annealing pen A (surface nitrogen concentration is 1.2%), and the same method as the state, _Flat-hybrid method is made into a tube of 24 ~ 30mm0x250mmL. Then, for these ^ tubes, put an annealed mandrel made of S45C on these tubes φ,

卞s T,再藉擠擊法、分 割輥軋製法、壓模法、及金屬旋壓式成型法或該等方法之 1〇組合進行冷加工以減少厚度,並且使前述熔接部平滑以調 整泫熔接部之形狀與表面粗度,並至少使該熔接部之材質 加工硬化’藉此分別形成厚度30// m左右之箔管。測量該等 vl管於冷加工前後(即,未加工品及加工品)之尺寸、材質、 及疲勞壽命等,並將結果匯總於表1。卞 s T, and then cold-working to reduce the thickness by extrusion method, split roll method, stamping method, and metal spinning method or a combination of these methods to reduce the thickness, and smooth the welding section to adjust the welding The shape and surface roughness of the part, and at least harden the material of the welded part, thereby forming a foil tube with a thickness of about 30 // m, respectively. The dimensions, materials, and fatigue life of these vl tubes before and after cold working (ie, unprocessed and processed products) were measured, and the results are summarized in Table 1.

15 〔表1〕 \加工 \ 與材\ 質等\ ⑴熔 接 ⑺擠 擊 (3)3 分 割輥軋 製法 (4)壓 模法 (5)金 屬旋 壓式 成型 法 ⑹;(2) + (3) ⑺;(5) + (4) 管厚 (μηι) 60 28 32 34 30 29 30 硬度 (Ην) 220 467 423 396 448 454 445 炫接部 之表面 粗度 Ra(em) 0.62 0.33 0.18 0.12 0.29 0.19 0.12 64 200417428 5 10 熔接部 之表面 粗度 Ra(pm) 5.22 1.96 1.36 0.99 1.91 1.58 0.91 疲勞壽 命(hr) 456 、丄,士 818 732 701 763 774 753 於前述表1中,管厚是顯示非接合部(母材部)之厚度, 硬度係顯示母材部之維氏硬度,熔接部之表面粗度Ra係由 (JIS B0601 2201算數平均粗度)測量,且,熔接部之表面粗 度Rz係藉金屬羯之JIS B0601-2001(最大粗度高度)測量。 又,前述表1之疲勞壽命,係與實施例丨相同,於各箔 管插入硬海綿圓筒,並使其一面按壓於12〇mm0x 之鋼製輥表面,一面旋轉來調查疲勞壽命。此時之試驗管 旋轉速度為360rpm,且於最貼合鋼製輥之狀態下,試驗管 約有4mm壓壞之情況。此時,試驗管表面產生之變形依序為(1)0.34%、(2)0.16、(3)0.18、(4)0.19、(5)0.17、(6)0.16、15 [Table 1] \ Processing \ Materials \ Quality etc. 等 Welding ⑺ Extrusion (3) 3 Split roll method (4) Stamping method (5) Metal spinning method ⑹; (2) + (3 ) ⑺; (5) + (4) tube thickness (μηι) 60 28 32 34 30 29 30 hardness (Ην) 220 467 423 396 448 454 445 surface roughness Ra (em) 0.62 0.33 0.18 0.12 0.29 0.19 0.12 64 200417428 5 10 Surface roughness Ra (pm) of the welded part 5.22 1.96 1.36 0.99 1.91 1.58 0.91 Fatigue life (hr) 456, 丄, Jr. 818 732 701 763 774 753 In Table 1 above, the tube thickness is shown as non-joint The thickness and hardness of the base material (base metal part) is the Vickers hardness of the base metal part. The surface roughness Ra of the welded part is measured by (JIS B0601 2201 arithmetic average thickness), and the surface roughness Rz of the welded part Measured by JIS B0601-2001 (maximum thickness and height) of metal rhenium. The fatigue life of the aforementioned Table 1 is the same as in Example 丨. A hard sponge cylinder was inserted into each foil tube, and it was pressed against the surface of a steel roll of 120 mm0x while rotating to investigate the fatigue life. At this time, the rotation speed of the test tube was 360 rpm, and the test tube was crushed by about 4 mm in the state of the closest fit to the steel roll. At this time, the deformation on the surface of the test tube is (1) 0.34%, (2) 0.16, (3) 0.18, (4) 0.19, (5) 0.17, (6) 0.16,

(7)0.17%。試驗係進行至確認箔管沒有破裂等異常情形為 止,此時之工作時間(hr)為疲勞壽命。 此外,别述表1之(2)〜(7)之各冷加工,係由冷加工前之 内在如下之各溶接管開始,並藉前述之各冷加工法實施。 即,(2)擠擊法;26mm0之熔接管、(3)3分割輥軋製 法;24mm0之熔接管、(4)壓模法;3〇mm0之熔接管、(5)金 屬旋壓式成型法;24mm 0之熔接管、(6):(2) + (3);24mm 0之 炼接管、(7):(5) + (4);26mm0之溶接管。 實施例10(7) 0.17%. The test is carried out until it is confirmed that the foil tube is not broken and other abnormal situations. The working time (hr) at this time is the fatigue life. In addition, the cold working of each of (2) to (7) in Table 1 is started from the following melt-down pipes internally before cold working, and implemented by the aforementioned cold working methods. That is, (2) extrusion method; 26mm0 fusion tube, (3) 3-split roll rolling method; 24mm0 fusion tube, (4) compression molding method; 30mm0 fusion tube, (5) metal spinning type forming Method; 24mm 0 fusion pipe, (6): (2) + (3); 24mm 0 fusion pipe, (7): (5) + (4); 26mm0 fusion pipe. Example 10

使用已於Ar-H2大氣環境中退火之表面粗度Rzl 2“m 之 SUS301、SUS201、SUS316N、 YUS170(24%Cr- 65 200417428 12%Ni-0.3%N)之厚度25 // m之完全退火箔(表面之氮濃度 為1.7%〜2.4%),並以與實施例1同樣之方法,藉壓平縫熔接 法製成3Omm0x 250mmL之管。接著,將該等管,利用與 實施例9之相同之擠擊法+分割輥軋製法(前述(6): (2) +⑺ 之冷加工)加工成25/zm左右之厚度之箔管。並將該等箔管 之冷加工前後之尺寸、材質、疲勞壽命等顯示於表2。 〔表2〕 \ SUS .301 SUi 5201 SUS316N YUS170 材\ 質\ 等\ ⑻ 熔 接 (9) 加 工 後 (10) 溶接 (11)加 工後 (12)熔 接 (13) 加工 後 (14)熔 接 (15)加 工後 管厚 (μιη) 50 27 50 25 50 24 50 25 硬度 (Ην) 251 608 235 512 198 497 211 511 熔接部 之表面 粗度 Ra(pm) 0.42 0.29 0.51 0.18 0.55 0.17 0.45 0.20 熔接部 之表面 粗度 Ra(pm) 3.45 1.96 2.73 1.32 3.72 1.45 2.57 1.42 疲勞壽 命(hr) 328 857 228 723 208 785 — 325 --—--— 817 此外,表2之管厚(μιη)更度(Ην)、熔 Ra^m)、熔接部之表面粗度Ra(|Lim)、及疲勞壽命(h小如同 10 表1所作之說明。 且,疲勞壽命試驗於試驗管表面產生之變形,依序為 (8)0.28、(9)0.15、(1〇)〇·28、(11)0.14、(12)〇·28、(13)〇 14、 66 200417428 (14)0.28、(15)0.14%。 實施例11 將25μιη厚度之SUS316箔,以與實施例丨同樣之方法縫 溶接,製成3Omm0x 250mmL之箔管。並於其進行目桿為 5厚度2,之硬質電鑛。於箱之内面,放入棒狀之^電:並 跨越内外面進行Cr電鍍。又,對於同樣地熔接而構成之另 一SUS316箔管分別進行目標為Ni_8%p、c〇、pd^m厚度之 無電解電鍍。切割該等管之端並進行截面之嵌入研磨,再 調查電鍍之模(層)之厚度。另外,為了測量電鍍層之硬度, 1〇於鐵板上電鑛與前述同樣之材質分別約30_厚,並包埋於 樹脂中且進行研磨後,測量硬度。將前述各電鑛箱管與比 較材之無電鍍落管安裝於列印機作為定影輥,並將小构子 半杓之鐵粉散佈於管内面後,使其旋轉1〇分鐘。接著,將 e取下’並切開以觀㈣面產生缺陷之狀況。料結果匯 15 總於表3。 〔表3〕SUS301, SUS201, SUS316N, YUS170 (24% Cr- 65 200417428 12% Ni-0.3% N) with a surface roughness of Rzl 2 "m which has been annealed in the atmosphere of Ar-H2, with a thickness of 25 // m Foil (surface nitrogen concentration is 1.7% ~ 2.4%), and the same method as in Example 1 was used to make a 30mm0x250mmL tube by a flat seam welding method. Next, these tubes were used as in Example 9 The same extrusion method + split roll rolling method (the aforementioned (6): (2) + cold processing of 加工) are processed into foil tubes with a thickness of about 25 / zm. The dimensions, materials, The fatigue life is shown in Table 2. [Table 2] \ SUS .301 SUi 5201 SUS316N YUS170 Materials \ Quality \ etc. ⑻ Welding (9) After processing (10) After welding (11) After processing (12) After welding (13) Processing Back (14) Welding (15) Pipe thickness (μιη) after processing 50 27 50 25 50 24 50 25 Hardness (Ην) 251 608 235 512 198 497 211 511 Surface roughness Ra (pm) of the welded part 0.42 0.29 0.51 0.18 0.55 0.17 0.45 0.20 Surface roughness Ra (pm) 3.45 1.96 2.73 1.32 3.72 1.45 2.57 1.42 Fatigue life (hr) 328 857 228 723 208 78 5 — 325-—-— 817 In addition, the thickness of the pipe (μιη) in Table 2 is greater (Ην), weld Ra ^ m), surface roughness Ra (| Lim) of the welded part, and fatigue life (h small As explained in Table 1 of Table 10. Moreover, the deformation generated on the surface of the test tube in the fatigue life test is (8) 0.28, (9) 0.15, (1〇) 〇28, (11) 0.14, (12). 〇 · 28, (13) 〇14, 66 200417428 (14) 0.28, (15) 0.14%. Example 11 SUS316 foil having a thickness of 25 μm was seam-welded in the same manner as in Example 丨 to prepare a foil of 3 mm 0x 250 mmL. Tube. And it is a hard electric ore with a thickness of 5 and a thickness of 2. The rod is placed on the inner surface of the box: Cr plating is performed across the inner and outer surfaces. Another one is formed by the same welding. SUS316 foil tubes are electrolessly plated with a target thickness of Ni_8% p, co, pd ^ m. The ends of these tubes are cut and the cross-section is embedded and ground, and then the thickness of the plated mold (layer) is investigated. In addition, in order to measure the hardness of the electroplated layer, the power ore on the iron plate is about 30 mm thick from the same material as described above, and is embedded in the resin and ground, and the hardness is measured. The electroless mining tube and the comparative electroless plated drop tube were installed in a printer as a fixing roller, and the small powder of iron powder was spread on the inner surface of the tube, and then rotated for 10 minutes. Next, e is removed 'and cut to see that the surface is defective. The results are summarized in Table 3. 〔table 3〕

電鍍層之硬度 Ην 缺陷之產生狀 ^ 一^_ 產生數十條線 狀痕 無電鍍之箔管Hardness of electroplated layer Ην The appearance of defects ^ a ^ _ Dozens of line-like marks are produced

沒有缺陷 2 βχηNo defect 2 βχη

之箔管 電 ^女表3所不,各電鍍層之硬度都為Hv400以上,且該等 ’冶官即使於定讀之内面散佈有鐵粉之不良環境下亦沒 有產生缺陷。4目對於此,無電鍍μ產生了數十條之線狀 67 缺陷。 實施例12 •於厚度3〇vm之SUS316^之兩面,進行厚度約2//m之 $ P、Ni_8%p、腦2%p之無電解電錢。又,另外於該 5泊^容接部附近,即於距離箱之切斷之端面2〜3mm間之兩 面=別電艘厚度約欧做知。並藉壓平縫溶接法使該 f咱成形為3〇mm0x 250mmL之管。切割熔接部,並進行 ,研磨觀察溶接部之截面形狀與金屬組織。結果,相 對於母材部之厚度包含電鍍層為34#m,將兩片箔重疊之熔 1〇接部之厚度壓成與母材部大致相同之35〜37//m。接著,以 熔接°卩為中心進行邊縫,並將其埋入樹脂,來觀察縫部之 金屬組織。將比較材之無電鍍之厚度4〇# m2Sus.同樣地 進行壓平縫熔接,並於切下熔接部後,將該部分邊縫。且, 將該部分於樹脂中進行嵌入研磨,且觀察金屬組織。結果, 15無電鍍箔之熔接部因邊縫,於箔面上僅有形成接合線之部 分有些許敞開,然而,電鍍箔之熔接部之邊縫部全無開口。 實施例13 將厚度40 // m之SUS304及SUS420J2之箔藉壓平縫溶 接成形成3Omm0x 250mmL之管。並於熔接後,針對 20 SUS304管進行i〇3〇°c X 3分鐘之真空熱處理,並針對 SUS420J2進行880°Cx 10分鐘之真空熱處理。切割熱處理後 之管之溶接部附近,並以炼接部為中心進行邊縫,再對該 等進行嵌入研磨以蝕刻,且觀察熔接部之組織。結果,熔 接部完全沒有開口,耐邊縫。 68 200417428 實施例14 對以實施例13試作之SUS304及SUS420J2之箔管之内 外面進行Ni-8%P之無電解電鍍。並對該等之各箔,與實施 例11同樣地藉鐵粉進行缺陷實驗,然而,並沒有產生線狀 5 痕。又,對該等之管進行疲勞試驗,而任一者都於經過750 萬次後,仍沒有看到熔接部有損傷。 實施例15The foil tube is not the same as the female watch 3, the hardness of each plating layer is Hv400 or more, and these metallurgical officers did not produce defects even in the unfavorable environment with iron powder scattered on the inner surface of the reading. For this reason, the electroless plating μ produced dozens of linear 67 defects. Example 12 • On both sides of SUS316 ^ with a thickness of 30 vm, electroless electricity of $ P, Ni_8% p, and brain 2% p with a thickness of about 2 // m was performed. In addition, in the vicinity of the 5 po ^ accommodating portion, that is, two sides between 2 and 3 mm away from the cut-off end face of the box = the thickness of the electric ship is about 50 ohm. The fzn was formed into a tube of 30mm0x250mmL by the flat seam welding method. The welded part was cut, and the cross-sectional shape and metal structure of the welded part were observed by grinding. As a result, the thickness of the base metal part including the plating layer was 34 # m, and the thickness of the fused joint portion where the two pieces of foil were overlapped was pressed to a thickness of 35 to 37 // m, which was approximately the same as that of the base metal part. Next, a side seam was performed around the welded joint, and the resin was embedded in it to observe the metal structure of the seam. The comparative material was electrolessly plated to a thickness of 40 # m2Sus. The flat seam was welded in the same manner, and after the welded portion was cut, the portion was seamed. And this part was insert-polished in resin, and the metal structure was observed. As a result, the welded portion of the 15 electroless plated foil was slightly open due to the side seam, and only the portion where the bonding line was formed on the foil surface was opened. However, the welded portion of the plated foil had no seam portion at all. Example 13 Foils of SUS304 and SUS420J2 with a thickness of 40 // m were welded by flat seams to form a tube of 30 mm 0x250 mmL. After welding, a vacuum heat treatment was performed at 20 ° C x 3 minutes for 20 SUS304 tubes, and a vacuum heat treatment was performed at 880 ° C x 10 minutes for SUS420J2. The heat-treated tube was cut near the welded portion, and the side seam was centered on the welded portion. Then, these were embedded and ground to etch, and the structure of the welded portion was observed. As a result, the welded portion has no opening at all and is resistant to edge seams. 68 200417428 Example 14 Ni-8% P electroless plating was performed on the inner and outer surfaces of the foil tubes of SUS304 and SUS420J2 made in Example 13. For each of these foils, a defect test was performed by using iron powder in the same manner as in Example 11. However, no linear marks were generated. In addition, fatigue tests were performed on these pipes, and even after 7.5 million passes, no damage was found to the welded portion. Example 15

使用厚度4〇/zm之SUS316之箔,縫熔接成3〇mm&lt;/)X 250mmL之管。此時,使用脈衝電源作為熔接電源,並使通 10電時間與與非通電時間之比作各種變化,再觀察熔接部之 金屬組織,來觀察熔核之生成狀況。將該結果顯現於表4。 〔表4〕 通電時間/非通電 時間 1/20 1/15 1/14 1/12 1/10 1/8 1/7 1/6 1/5 溶核長之比率(%) 36 52 63 100 100 100 54 18 0 比 本 本 本 本 本 本 比 比 備考 較 發 發 發 發 發 發 較 較 例 明 明 明 明 明 明 例 例 L 士 Λ 一 例 例 例 例 例 例 如表4所示,可知道將通電時間/非通電時間設定成 1/15 1/7時’溶核長沿熔接線為5〇%以上,為良好之熔接。A SUS316 foil having a thickness of 40 / zm was welded and welded into a tube of 30 mm &lt; /) X 250 mmL. At this time, the pulse power source is used as the welding power source, and the ratio between the on-time and the non-current-on time is changed in various ways. Then, the metal structure of the welding part is observed to observe the generation status of the nuggets. The results are shown in Table 4. [Table 4] Power on time / power off time 1/20 1/15 1/14 1/12 1/10 1/8 1/7 1/6 1/5 100 54 18 0 Compared with books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, books, etc. At 1/15 1/7, the nucleus fusion line is 50% or more, which is a good fusion.

15 產業上之可利用性 本發明之金屬箔管,與利用如習知方法之衝壓加工; :射加工、電漿溶接等接合金屬板,來形成管狀之未加: 砍 藉拉伸加工、旋轉加工、壓鑄加工、凸出加工1 薄化2術加X該未加μ使其成為料之情況相比,由a :、金屬’再依需要進行退火或熱處理使其薄化,而1 69 20 20041^428 大量生產所需之厚度之金屬箱或管,因此,較使每個未加 工管薄化之情況更可大幅降低生產成本。 又驾知法於藉衝壓加工或雷射熔接、電漿熔接等使 製成之圓筒狀未加工管薄化時,於未加工管表面產生機械 5性之應力,因此,無法避免粗才造(表面平滑性降低),然而本 發明藉軋製處理可得到表面平滑性優異之金屬箱,且可使 用4金屬4製成金屬馆管,且,該金屬羯可於未進行薄化 加工之情況下直接供於使用,因此,可保持優異之表面平 滑性。 10 且,本發明係由電阻熔接法進行金屬箔熔接而構成之 管,因此,可輕易地進行接合控制,可良好地製造極薄之 金屬箔管。因此,與習知之以雷射熔接及電漿熔接等形成 未加工管,並使其薄化而構成之薄管相比,可使接合部與 非接合部之硬度差更小,且可防止因接合部與非接合部之 15 邊界部之金屬疲勞等造成耐久性降低。又,有關熔接部之 熔接剝離之問題方面,於以習知之雷射熔接及電漿熔接等 形成未加工管,並使其薄化而構成之薄管中,由於在薄化 時於該熔接部進行超過90°/。左右之大範圍加工,因此於使 用時容易產生熔接剝離,然而,本發明於熔接後,即使進 20 行大範圍加工亦不會有問題,因此,具有該熔接部不易產 生熔接剝離等問題之優點。 又,本發明具有可依照使用用途,選擇任意之材料作 為金屬箔之優點。即,本發明可使用硬材質至軟材質之原 有材料,且可依照使用用途,適當地選擇滿足高彈性、高 70 200417428 剛性、輕量化、極薄化、高熱傳導性等之要求性能之材料。 立’本發明藉於輥之内外面進行硬質電鍍,於異物隨 著紙進入時,亦可防止輥損害,而可防止對印刷結果產生 不良影響。又,藉施行硬質電鍍,於進行縫熔接時,即使 5 溶融凝固而構成之溶核沒有連續地產生,亦會因電鍵層炫 解,沿熔接線形成完整之金屬結合。 本發明之金屬箔管之製造方法中,即使是板厚 10〜ΐΟΟμιη之金屬箔未加工板,亦是於將其成形而形成重疊 部後,熔接其對向邊,並將該熔接部分加工成平滑,因此, 10 即使是極薄之金屬箔,亦可確實地加工成管狀。 由於成形並非一次就將金屬箔彎成圓圈,而是於定位 後繞捲於具有電極之芯棒,再於形成重疊部後熔接,因此, 可進行極精岔之成形,亦可輕易地溶接。由於該重疊部係 一面調整重疊區域一面形成,因此,可更精密地成形。重 15疊區域(Χ)於板厚⑴時,滿足x$40+5t(單位為時,即 使是極薄之金屬箔亦可熔接連接兩端。 由於熔接係電阻熔接法,因此,可輕易地控制熔接, 而良好地製成極薄之金屬箔。又,於内模之芯棒設置固定 電極構件,且使可動電極構件與該固定電極構件對向設 20置,而於兩者間挾持金屬箔通電時,可精度良好地接合金 屬箔之兩端。 本發明之製造裝置,係於垂直於軸之截面為圓形之芯 棒之周圍,設置有可靠近並遠離之@持金屬絲加工板之 成形裝置,因此,即使是板厚1〇〜1〇〇μηι之極薄之金屬箱, 71 200417428 亦可於成形而形成重疊部後,溶接其對向邊而確實地加 工成管狀。 由於成形係藉使金屬箱未加工板形成為U字型之固持 板-進行按壓以使各邊密著芯棒周圍之第i按壓構件及第 5 2按壓構件’繞捲於芯棒加以定位,並使對向邊端部重疊, 因此,可極精魏成形’亦可輕易地進行之後之炼接。 由於重疊部之重疊區域調整,係藉設置於芯棒之内部 或外部之心裝置(凸輪或輥等)加壓金屬落未加工板之非 密著部分’或藉按壓加壓構件將金屬落未加工板按壓至形 1()成於芯棒之凹部’ m此’亦可更精密地成形。 熔接係於内模之芯棒設置固定電極構件,並設置有與 該固定電極構件對向之可動電極構件,並於兩者間挟持金 厲絲通電’因此,可精度良好地連接金屬箱之兩端。又, 可動電極構件為電極輪時,可進行圓滑且精度良好之熔 15接,且’各電極構件之硬度與金屬落未加工板之硬度大致 相同時,熔接可維持長時間且精度良好。 成形後之金射1管,於由芯棒内朝半徑方向嗔出流 體,或使用分割之芯棒來取出時,金屬落管可輕易地由芯 棒剝離,且’即使是極薄之金屬箱管,亦可輕易地取出。 20 【圖式4簡^^ 明】 第1(A)圖係成形成金屬羯管之金屬箱未加工板之俯視 圖。 第1(B)圖係炼接前之金屬辖管之戴面圖。 第1(C)圖係接合部為直線狀之金屬羯管之立體圖。 72 200417428 第1(D)圖係接合部為螺旋狀之金屬箔管之立體圖。 第2圖係本發明之實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置之概 略側視圖。 第3圖係第2圖之俯視圖。 5 第4圖係第3圖之沿4-4線之截面圖。 第5圖係第4圖之主要部分放大截面圖。 第6圖係顯示本發明之實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置 之溶接狀態之放大截面圖。 第7圖係本發明之實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置中沿 10 芯棒之軸線之概略截面圖。 第8圖係本發明之實施形態之金屬箔管製造裝置之芯 棒之另一例之概略圖。 【圖式之主要元件代表符號表】 10...成形部 18…第1按壓構件 11...基台 18a,19a...圓孤面部分 12...支持部 19…第2按壓構件 13…芯棒 20…凹部 13a··.芯部 21...通孔 13b…電極支持部 22...重疊調整機構 13c...側板部 23…偏心裝置 13d、13e...芯棒構件 24...控制部 15…成形裝置 25…檢測裝置 16…定位構件 26...演算部 17...固持板 27···凹部 73 200417428 28…加壓構件 45a...中心通路 30...熔接部 45b...分歧通路 31...導電性固定電極構件 46...旋轉接合器 32...導電性可動電極構件 47·.·配管 33···溝 50.··錐面 34…旋轉構件 Ci,C2,C3,C4,C5···筒體 35...電源供給部 G,G’...重疊部 36...托架 Μ^Μ^..驅動裝置 37...塊體 P...金屬箔管 38...導引棒 R···缺口 39...螺旋軸 Si...長向長度 40、41.··支持台 S2··.寬度方向之長度 42...軸承部 t...箱厚 43…聯結器 W...金屬羯未加工管 45...流體通路 X...重疊區域 7415 Industrial applicability The metal foil tube of the present invention is joined to a metal plate by a stamping process such as a conventional method; a metal plate is formed by injection processing, plasma welding, etc. to form a tube. Processing, die-casting processing, protrusion processing 1 thinning 2 adding X without adding μ to make it into a material compared to a :, metal ', then annealing or heat treatment to thin it as needed, and 1 69 20 20041 ^ 428 Mass production of metal boxes or tubes of the required thickness, therefore, the production cost can be greatly reduced compared to the case of thinning each unprocessed tube. It is also known that when the cylindrical unprocessed tube made by punching, laser welding, plasma welding, etc. is thinned, mechanical stress is generated on the surface of the unprocessed tube. Therefore, rough manufacturing cannot be avoided. (Surface smoothness is reduced). However, the present invention can obtain a metal box with excellent surface smoothness through rolling treatment, and 4 metal 4 can be used to make a metal hall pipe. Moreover, the metal grate can be used without thinning. It is supplied directly for use, so it can maintain excellent surface smoothness. 10 Furthermore, the present invention is a tube formed by welding metal foil by a resistance welding method. Therefore, it is possible to easily perform joint control and to manufacture extremely thin metal foil tubes. Therefore, compared with the conventional thin tube formed by laser welding, plasma welding, etc., and thinning the tube, the difference in hardness between the joint portion and the non-joint portion can be made smaller, and it can be prevented. Metal fatigue, etc. at the 15 boundary portion between the joint and the non-joint causes a reduction in durability. In addition, regarding the problem of welding and peeling of the welded portion, in the thin tube formed by forming and thinning an unprocessed tube by conventional laser welding and plasma welding, etc., the thin portion is formed at the welded portion during thinning. Perform more than 90 ° /. The large-scale processing of left and right makes it easy to cause welding peeling during use. However, the invention does not cause problems even after 20 large-scale processing after welding. Therefore, it has the advantage that the welding part is not prone to welding and peeling. . In addition, the present invention has the advantage that any material can be selected as the metal foil in accordance with the application. That is, the present invention can use the original materials of hard to soft materials, and can appropriately select materials that meet the requirements of high elasticity, high 70 200417428 rigidity, light weight, extremely thin, high thermal conductivity, etc. according to the use. . The present invention utilizes hard plating on the inside and outside of the roller to prevent damage to the roller when foreign matter enters the paper, and to prevent adverse effects on the printing result. In addition, by performing hard electroplating, even if the nucleus formed by 5 melting and solidification is not continuously generated during seam welding, a complete metal bond will be formed along the weld line due to the dazzling of the key bond layer. In the manufacturing method of the metal foil tube of the present invention, even if a metal foil unprocessed plate having a thickness of 10 to 100 μm is formed after forming it to form an overlapping portion, the opposite edges are welded, and the welded portion is processed into It is smooth, so that even a very thin metal foil can be reliably processed into a tube. Since the metal foil is not formed into a circle at one time, it is wound around a mandrel with electrodes after positioning, and then welded after forming the overlapped portion. Therefore, extremely precise bifurcation can be formed or easily welded. Since this overlapping portion is formed while adjusting the overlapping area, it can be formed more precisely. The 15-fold area (X) meets x $ 40 + 5t when the plate thickness is ⑴ (unit is, even the extremely thin metal foil can be welded at both ends. Because the welding is a resistance welding method, it can be easily controlled It is welded to make an extremely thin metal foil. In addition, a fixed electrode member is provided on the core rod of the inner mold, and the movable electrode member and the fixed electrode member are arranged opposite to each other, and the metal foil is held between the two. When energized, the two ends of the metal foil can be joined with good accuracy. The manufacturing device of the present invention is arranged around a mandrel with a circular cross section perpendicular to the shaft, and is provided with a and close @@ Forming device, even for extremely thin metal boxes with a plate thickness of 10 to 100 μm, 71 200417428 can be reliably processed into a tubular shape after being welded to the opposite sides after forming the overlapping part. If the unprocessed plate of the metal box is formed into a U-shaped holding plate-the i-th pressing member and the 52-th pressing member that are closely pressed around the mandrel are pressed on each side to be positioned around the mandrel, and Overlap to the side end, so it can be extremely Wei-forming can also easily carry out subsequent welding. Due to the adjustment of the overlapping area of the overlapping portion, the non-dense pressure of the unprocessed plate is pressed by the pressurized metal placed on the inside or outside of the core rod (cam or roller, etc.) The pressing part or pressing the metal plate to the shape 1 () to form the recessed part of the core rod by pressing the pressing member can also be formed more accurately. Welding is connected to the core rod of the inner mold to set a fixed electrode member. A movable electrode member opposite to the fixed electrode member is provided, and a gold wire is held between the two to energize it. Therefore, both ends of the metal box can be connected with high accuracy. When the movable electrode member is an electrode wheel, Welding can be performed smoothly and with good precision, and when the hardness of each electrode member is about the same as the hardness of the unprocessed metal plate, welding can be maintained for a long time and the accuracy is good. After molding, 1 tube of gold shot is used for the core. When the fluid is extruded inside the rod in a radial direction, or when a divided core rod is used for removal, the metal drop tube can be easily peeled off by the core rod, and 'even the extremely thin metal box tube can be easily removed. 20 [Figure Equation 4 ^^ Description] Figure 1 (A) is a top view of the unprocessed plate of a metal box forming a metal tube. Figure 1 (B) is a wearing view of a metal tube before smelting. Figure 1 (C) This is a perspective view of a linear metal tube with a joint. 72 200417428 Figure 1 (D) is a perspective view of a metal foil tube with a spiral. Figure 2 is a diagram of a metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. A schematic side view. Figure 3 is a top view of Figure 2. 5 Figure 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 4-4 of Figure 3. Figure 5 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the main part of Figure 4. Figure 6 An enlarged cross-sectional view showing a welded state of the metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view along the axis of the 10 core rod in the metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention. It is a schematic diagram of another example of a core rod of the metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention. [Representative symbol table of main elements of the drawing] 10 ... forming portion 18 ... first pressing member 11 ... abutment 18a, 19a ... circular solitary surface portion 12 ... supporting portion 19 ... second pressing member 13 ... mandrel 20 ... recess 13a ... core 21 ... through hole 13b ... electrode support 22 ... overlap adjustment mechanism 13c ... side plate portion 23 ... eccentric device 13d, 13e ... mandrel member 24 ... control unit 15 ... forming device 25 ... detection device 16 ... positioning member 26 ... calculation unit 17 ... holding plate 27 ... recessed portion 73 200417428 28 ... pressurizing member 45a ... center passage 30. .. Welding portion 45b ... Bifurcation path 31 ... Conductive fixed electrode member 46 ... Rotary adapter 32 ... Conductive movable electrode member 47 ... Piping 33 ... Groove 50 ... Taper Surface 34 ... Rotating members Ci, C2, C3, C4, C5 ... Cylinder 35 ... Power supply section G, G '... Overlap section 36 ... Bracket M ^ M ^ .. Drive device 37 ... block P ... metal foil tube 38 ... guide rod R ... notch 39 ... spiral axis Si ... long lengths 40 and 41 ... support width S2 ... width Length in direction 42 ... bearing part t ... box thickness 43 ... coupling W ... metal / raw pipe 4 5 ... fluid path X ... overlap area 74

Claims (1)

200417428 拾、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種金屬箔管,係接合或熔接有厚度10〜ΙΟΟμηι之金屬 箔者。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之金屬箔管,其中前述金屬箔係 5 不鏽鋼箔,且,該不鏽鋼箔係肥粒鐵系不鏽鋼、麻田散 &quot; 鐵系不鏽鋼、沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼、及析出硬化型不鏽鋼 之其中一種。 3. 如申請專利範圍第1或2項之金屬箔管,係經由電阻熔 φ 接接合者。 10 4.如申請專利範圍第3項之金屬箔管,其中前述電阻熔接 係縫溶接。 5.如申請專利範圍第4項之金屬箔管,其中前述縫熔接之 進行係使用脈衝電源,且通電時間與非通電時間之比設 定為1/15〜1/7。 15 6.如申請專利範圍第3項之金屬箔管,其中前述電阻熔接 係壓平縫熔接。 · 7.如申請專利範圍第6項之金屬箔管,其中前述壓平縫熔 接之進行係使用脈衝電源,且通電時間與非通電時間之 比設定為1/3〜1/1。 20 8.如申請專利範圍第1〜7項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中至 少一部份之接合面係固相接合。 9. 如申請專利範圍第1〜8項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中接 合或熔接線係配置成直線狀或螺旋狀。 10. 如申請專利範圍第1〜9項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中接 75 200417428 合或炫接部與母材部之硬度差之絕對值,以維氏硬度 (HV)计’係前述母材部之硬度之25%以下。 lh 一種金屬”’係對如中請專利範圍第H0項中任一 項之金射|管經施行冷红以減少厚度且使該接合部 · 5 ㈣平滑以調整前述接合部之形狀與表面粗度,並且至 · 少該接合部之材質業經加工硬⑽。 12.如申明專利範圍第3〜u項中任一項之金屬辖管,其中 刚述至屬彳林鏽鋼落,域不鏽鋼㈣沃斯田鐵系不 鏽鋼之退火材。 10 13·如申明專#】範圍第卜12項中任一項之金屬箱管,其中 刚述金屬箔管之母材部之維氏硬度(Hv)係180以下。 14·如申#專利It圍第卜12項中任—項之金屬箱管,其中 箣述至屬名官之母材部及熔接部之維氏硬度(Hv)係 300〜600 。 15 15.如中請專利範圍第11〜14項中任-項之金射,其中 丽述不鏽鋼箔表層之最大氮濃度係3質量%以下。 春 16. 士申。月專矛J範圍第2〜15項中任一項之金屬箱管,其中 前述不鏽鋼箔包含有· C:0.05質量%以下; 2〇 Si:0.05〜3.6質量% ; Mn:〇.〇5〜h〇質量% ; Cnl5〜26質量% ; Ni:5〜25質量% ; Μο:2·5質量%以下·, 76 200417428 (:11:2.5質量%以下;及 价0.06質量%以下, 且,剩餘部分係由Fe及不可避免之不純物構成之軟質 系沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼。 5 17.如申請專利範圍第2〜11項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中 前述不鏽鋼箔包含有: C:0.05〜0.2質量% ;200417428 Scope of patent application: 1. A metal foil tube is a metal foil with a thickness of 10 to 100 μm. 2. For example, the metal foil tube according to item 1 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned metal foil is a 5 stainless steel foil, and the stainless steel foil is a fat-grained iron-based stainless steel, Ma Tian San &quot; And precipitation hardening stainless steel. 3. If the metal foil tube of item 1 or 2 of the patent application is applied, it is connected to the joint through resistance welding φ. 10 4. The metal foil tube according to item 3 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned resistance welding is seam welding. 5. The metal foil tube according to item 4 of the scope of the patent application, in which the welding of the aforementioned seam is performed by using a pulse power source, and the ratio of the energized time to the non-energized time is set to 1/15 ~ 1/7. 15 6. The metal foil tube according to item 3 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned resistance welding is a flat seam welding. 7. The metal foil tube according to item 6 of the scope of patent application, in which the welding of the flat seam is performed by using a pulse power source, and the ratio of the energizing time to the non-energizing time is set to 1/3 to 1/1. 20 8. The metal foil tube according to any one of items 1 to 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein at least a part of the joint surface is solid-phase joint. 9. The metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 8 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the bonding or welding line is arranged in a straight or spiral shape. 10. As for the metal foil tube in any of the items 1 to 9 of the scope of patent application, the absolute value of the hardness difference between the 75 200417428 joint or the dazzling joint and the base metal is calculated in terms of Vickers hardness (HV). The hardness of the base material portion is 25% or less. lh a kind of metal "'is a golden shot as described in any one of the patents in the scope of patent H0 | The tube is cold red to reduce the thickness and make the joint 5 mm smooth to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the aforementioned joint And at least the material of the joint has been hardened. 12. As stated in the metal jurisdiction of any of the patent scope 3 ~ u, it is just mentioned that it belongs to the forest rust steel, the domain stainless steel. Vostian iron is an annealed material of stainless steel. 10 13 · As stated in the special #] metal box tube of any one of item 12 in which the Vickers hardness (Hv) of the base metal portion of the metal foil tube is just described 180 or less. 14. The metal case tube of any of the 12 items in Item # 12 of Rushen #patent It, which states that the Vickers hardness (Hv) of the parent material part and the welded part of the famous official is 300 ~ 600. 15 15. If you ask for any of the items in items 11 to 14 of the patent scope, the maximum nitrogen concentration in the surface layer of the stainless steel foil is less than 3% by mass. Spring 16. Shishen. Monthly range of J.J. The metal box tube according to any one of 15 items, wherein the stainless steel foil contains: C: 0.05% by mass or less; 2〇Si: 0 .05 ~ 3.6 mass%; Mn: 0.05 ~ h〇 mass%; Cnl5 ~ 26 mass%; Ni: 5 ~ 25 mass%; Μο: 2.5 mass% or less, 76 200417428 (: 11: 2.5 Mass% or less; and value of 0.06 mass% or less, and the remainder is a soft Vostian iron-based stainless steel composed of Fe and unavoidable impurities. 5 17. As in any of the items 2 to 11 of the scope of patent application The metal foil tube, wherein the aforementioned stainless steel foil contains: C: 0.05 ~ 0.2 mass%; Si:0.05〜3.6質量0/〇 ; ΜικΙ.Ο〜5.0質量% ; 10 &amp;:15〜26質量%; Ni:5〜25質量% ; ]^〇:5.0質量%以下; (311:4.0質量%以下;及 N:超過0.06質量%〜0.4質量%, 15 且,剩餘部分係由Fe及不可避免之不純物構成之高強Si: 0.05 to 3.6 mass 0 / 〇; ΜκΙ.Ο to 5.0 mass%; 10 &amp;: 15 to 26 mass%; Ni: 5 to 25 mass%;] ^ 〇: 5.0 mass% or less; (311: 4.0 mass % Or less; and N: more than 0.06 mass% to 0.4 mass%, 15 and the remaining portion is a high strength composed of Fe and inevitable impurities 度沃斯田鐵系不鏽鋼。 18.如申請專利範圍第2〜12項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中 前述金屬箔係不鏽鋼之軋製材,且熔接部中析出有麻田 散鐵相。 20 19.如申請專利範圍第1〜18項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中 至少前述金屬羯已接合、成形之前述箔管之表面與内表 面之其中一面藉硬質電鍵層而表面硬化。 20.如申請專利範圍第19項之金屬箔管,其中前述硬質電 鍍層之組成主要是鉻、鎳、鈷、及鈀之其中一種或兩種 77 200417428 以上之金屬。 21. 如申請專利範圍第19項之金屬箔管,其中前述硬質電 鍍層之組成係Ni-P系合金。 22. 如申請專利範圍第21項之金屬箔管,其中前述硬質電 5 鍍層之組成係含有重量比1〜14%之P之Ni-P合金。 23. 如申請專利範圍第1〜22項中任一項之金屬箔管,係至 少於前述不鏽鋼箔之兩表面中之其中一面之接合部附 近電鍍第10〜11族元素或包含有該等元素中之一種以 上之合金,或熔點1200°C以下之金屬,接著電阻熔接 10 該箔而形成者。 24. 如申請專利範圍第1〜18項中任一項之金屬箔管,係將 前述不鏽鋼搭經由接合或再成形加工所構成之前述金 屬箔管在800〜1100°C之溫度下熱處理而形成者。 25. 如申請專利範圍第1〜18項中任一項之金屬箔管,係由 15 前述不鏽鋼箔經由接合或再成形加工所構成之前述金 屬箔管於800〜1100°C之溫度下熱處理後,至少於前述 箔管之内外面之其中一面施行硬質電鍍而形成者。 26. 如申請專利範圍第1〜25項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中 於前述金屬箱管之熔接部中,沿前述熔接線存在有連續 20 之熔核,或沿前述熔接線於50%以上之部分存在有斷續 之溶核。 27. 如申請專利範圍第1〜26項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中 前述金屬箔管之接合部之重疊區域(χ)μπι,於前述金屬 箔之箔厚(ΐ)μιη時,滿足X S 40 + 5t。 78 200417428 28. 如申請專利範圍第1〜27項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中 前述金屬箔管之管厚與該管之内徑之比為1/500以下。 29. 如申請專利範圍第1〜28項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中 前述金屬箔管之由JISB0601-2001制定之表面粗度Rz 5 為2·0μπι以下。 30. 如申請專利範圍第1〜29項中任一項之金屬箔管,其中 前述金屬箔管於以60周/min以上之反覆循環產生0.2% 以下之變形之疲勞試驗中,具有lx 106次以上之耐久 性。 10 31.如申請專利範圍第1〜30項中任一項之金屬箔管,係使 用於影像形成裝置之碳粉烘烤用輥及/或顯像用輥。 32. —種金屬箔管之製造方法,包含有: 成形步驟,係使板厚10〜ΙΟΟμπι之金屬箔未加工板成 形成一組對向邊重疊者,及 15 熔接步驟,將前述已重疊之對向邊熔接。 33. 如申請專利範圍第32項之金屬箔管之製造方法,更包 含有一加工前述已溶接之部分使其平滑之加工步驟。 34. 如申請專利範圍第32或33項之金屬箔管之製造方法, 其中前述成形步驟更包括一定位步驟,該定位步驟係於 20 前述金屬箔未加工板之對向邊重叠之前,使該金屬箔未 加工板定位於成形用芯棒。 35. 如申請專利範圍第34項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中 前述定位步驟,係將前述金屬箔未加工板固持於在保持 與前述芯棒經常平行之位置之狀態下靠近與遠離之成 79 200417428 形裝置,且於該成形裝置靠近前述芯棒並且前述金屬箔 未加工板與该芯棒線接觸時’將该金屬f自未加工板按壓 於前述芯棒加以定位。 36.如申請專利範圍第34或35項之金屬箔管之製造方法, 胃 5 其中前述成形步驟更包括一捲繞步驟,該捲繞步驟係於 ' 前述定位步驟後使前述成形裝置更靠近該芯棒,而於形 成於該成形裝置之截面為半圓形之凹部與前述芯棒之 間固持該金屬箔未加工板,以使該金屬箔未加工板捲繞 φ 於前述芯棒周圍。 10 37.如申請專利範圍第36項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中 前述成形步驟更包括有一重疊區域調整步驟,該重疊區 域調整步驟係於前述捲繞步驟後,使前述金屬箔未加工 板之圓周之一部份朝半徑方向位移藉此調整重疊區域。 38. 如申請專利範圍第36或37項之金屬箔管之製造方法, 15 其中前述重疊區域(χ)μπι於板厚(ί)μηι時,滿足x$40 + 5t。 · 39. 如申請專利範圍第32或33項之金屬箔管之製造方法, 其中前述熔接步驟係電阻熔接法。 40. 如申請專利範圍第39項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中 20 前述電阻熔接法係縫熔接或壓平縫熔接。 41. 如申請專利範圍第40項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中 前述電阻熔接係使用脈衝電源並設定通電時間與非通 電時間之比為1/15〜1/17來進行縫熔接,或使用脈衝電 源並設定通電時間與非通電時間之比為1/3〜1/1來進行 80 200417428 壓平縫溶接。 42. 如申請專利範圍第32、33與39〜41項中任一項之金屬 箔管之製造方法,其中前述熔接步驟係於設置在前述芯 棒之外面沿軸方向形成之溝内之導電性固定電極構件 5 及與該固定電極構件對向設置之導電性可動電極構件 之間通電來進行。 43. 如申請專利範圍第42項之金屬箔管之製造方法,其中 前述固定電極構件係形成為外面之一部份或全部為平 坦面。 10 44.如申請專利範圍第42或43項之金屬箔管之製造方法, 其中前述固定電極構件及/或可動電極構件中至少分別 有一部份係由鉬或氧化鋁分散銅合金構成。 45. 如申請專利範圍第42〜44項中任一項之金屬箔管之製 造方法,其中前述固定電極構件及/或可動電極構件之 15 硬度係與前述金屬结未加工板之硬度大致相同。 46. 如申請專利範圍第34〜36及42項中任一項之金屬箔管 之製造方法,其中藉由前述芯棒内朝半徑方向喷出流 體,將前述金屬箔管自該芯棒剝離並取下。 47. 如申請專利範圍第34〜37及42項中任一項之金屬箔管 20 之製造方法,其中前述芯棒係由多數構件構成,且,利 用使一部份朝軸方向移動讓前述金屬箔管自該芯棒剝 離。 48. 如申請專利範圍第32〜47項中任一項之金屬箔管之製 造方法,其中前述金屬箔未加工板之板厚與該金屬箔管 81 200417428 内直徑之比為1/500以下。 49. 一種金屬箔管之製造方法,係於如申請專利範圍第 32〜48項中任一項之方法所得到之金屬箔管中放入芯 軸,再藉擠擊法、分割輥軋製法、壓模法、及金屬旋壓 5 式成型法或該等方法之組合進行冷加工以減少厚度,並 且使前述熔接部平滑以調整該熔接部之形狀與表面粗 度,並至少使該熔接部之材質加工硬化。 50. 如申請專利範圍第32〜49項中任一項之金屬箔管之製 造方法,係至少於前述不鏽鋼羯之兩表面之其中一面之 10 接合部附近電鍍第10〜11族元素或包含該等元素中之 一種以上在内之合金,或熔點1200°c以下之金屬,然 後再電阻熔接該箔。 51. 如申請專利範圍第32〜50項中任一項之金屬箔管之 製造方法,係將由前述不鏽鋼箔經由接合或再成形加工 15 所構成之前述金屬箔管於800〜1100°C之溫度下熱處理。 52. 如申請專利範圍第32〜51項中任一項之金屬箔管之製 造方法,係使由前述不鏽鋼箔經由接合或再成形加工所 構成之前述金屬箔管於800〜1100°C之溫度下熱處理 後,再至少於前述箔管之内外面之一面施行硬質電鍵。 20 53·如申請專利範圍第50或52項之金屬箔管之製造方法, 其中前述硬質電鍍之組成係含有重量比1〜14%之P之 Ni-P合金。 54.如申請專利範圍第32〜53項中任一項之金屬箔管之製 造方法,包括熔接前述金屬箔管,並藉此使該熔接部中 82 200417428 沿前述熔接線存在有連續之熔核,或沿前述熔接線於 50%以上之部分存在有斷續之熔核。 55. —種金屬箔管之製造裝置,包含有: 成形部,係用以將板厚10〜ΙΟΟμιη之金屬箔未加工板 5 成形成預定形狀者;及 熔接部,係用以熔接前述金屬箔未加工板之對向邊 者。 56. 如申請專利範圍第55項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中 前述成形部包含有: 10 芯棒,係垂直於軸之截面為圓形者; 成形裝置,係設置成可靠近與遠離前述芯棒,且可 固持前述金屬箱未加工板者;及 定位構件,係用以於該成形裝置靠近前述芯棒且前 述金屬箔未加工板與該芯棒線接觸時,按壓該金屬箔未 15 加工板使其定位於前述芯棒, 且,該金屬箔管之製造裝置係移動前述成形裝置使前述 已定位之金屬箔未加工板朝前述芯棒靠近,以使前述金 屬箔未加工板事先於前述芯棒周圍捲曲成U字型。 57. 如申請專利範圍第56項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中 20 前述成形裝置包含有: 固持板,係設置成於保持與前述芯棒平行之狀態下 靠近與遠離,且,與前述芯棒之間具有使前述金屬箔未 加工板捲繞成U字型之截面半圓形之凹部; 第1按壓構件,係用以按壓前述U字型之金屬箔未加 83 200417428 工板之一片使其密著前述芯棒外周;及 第2按壓構件,係用以將前述U字型之金屬箔未加工 板之另一片按壓於前述芯棒之外周, 且,該成形裝置於前述捲繞後,使前述金屬fl未加工板 5 之對向邊端部重疊而形成有重疊部。 ’ 58. 如申請專利範圍第56或57項之金屬箔管之製造裝置, 其中前述成形部更具有一重疊區域調整機構,且該重疊 區域調整機構係用以於前述第2按壓構件按壓完畢 φ 前,使前述金屬箔未加工板之圓周之一部份朝半徑方向 10 位移以使對向邊相互重疊區域為預定值。 59. 如申請專利範圍第58項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中 前述重疊區域調整機構係由設置於前述芯棒内部之偏 心裝置構成。 60. 如申請專利範圍第58項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中 15 前述重疊區域調整機構係由設置於前述芯棒外部之偏 心裝置構成。 鲁 61. 如申請專利範圍第58項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中 前述重疊區域調整機構係藉加壓構件加壓前述金屬箔 未加工板未密著前述芯棒之非密著部分。 20 62.如申請專利範圍第58項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中 前述重疊區域調整機構係將設置於前述芯棒外部之加 壓構件塞入形成在前述芯棒之凹部所構成者。 63.如申請專利範圍第61或62項之金屬箔管之製造裝置, 其中前述加壓構件係凸輪、輥、圓筒體或棒狀構件之其 84 200417428 中一者,且設置成於前述芯棒之軸方向兩端部個別動 作。 64. 如申請專利範圍第57或58項之金屬箔管之製造裝置, 其中前述重疊區域(χ)μιη於前述板厚(ΐ)μτη時,滿足X 5 $40+5t。 65. 如申請專利範圍第55項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中 前述熔接部係電阻熔接部。 66·如申請專利範圍第55項之金屬箔管之製造裝置,其中 前述熔接部包括於前述芯棒之外面沿軸方向設置之導 10 電性固定電極構件及與該固定電極構件對向之導電性 可動電極構件,且,於前述兩電極構件係在挾持前述金 屬箔未加工板之前述重疊部之狀態下溶接。 67. 如申請專利範圍第66項之金屬箔管製造裝置,其中前 述固定電極構件係形成為外面之一部份或全部為平坦 15 面0 68. 如申請專利範圍第66項之金屬箔管製造裝置,其中前 述可動電極構件係一面加壓前述重疊部一面通電之電 極輪。 69. 如申請專利範圍第66〜68項中任一項之金屬箔管製造 20 裝置,其中前述固定電極構件及/或可動電極構件中至 少分別有一部份由鉬或氧化鋁分散銅合金構成。 70. 如申請專利範圍第66〜68項中任一項之金屬箔管製造 裝置,其中前述固定電極構件及/或可動電極構件之硬 度係與前述金屬箔未加工板之硬度大致相同。 85 200417428 71. 如申請專利範圍第56、57與66項中任一項之金屬箔管 製造裝置,其中前述金屬箔管係藉由自前述芯棒内朝半 徑方向喷出流體而與該芯棒剝離以將其取下。 72. 如申請專利範圍第56、57與66項中任一項之金屬箔管 ‘ 5 製造裝置,其中前述芯棒具有流體通路,且該流體通路 ’ 係用以喷出使熔接後之金屬箔管與該芯棒剝離之流體。 73. 如申請專利範圍第56、57與66項中任一項之金屬箔管 製造裝置,其中前述芯棒於外周面具有缺口部以使前述 φ 金屬箔未加工板無法密著該芯棒。 10 74.如申請專利範圍第56、57與66項中任一項之金屬箔管 製造裝置,其中前述芯棒係由多數構件構成,且,藉由 使其一部份朝軸方向移動,可使前述金屬箔管與該芯棒 剝離。 75·如申請專利範圍第56〜74項中任一項之金屬箔管製造 15 裝置,其中前述金屬箔未加工板之板厚與前述金屬箔管 内直徑之比構成為1/500以下。 肇 76. —種金屬箔管,係使用如申請專利範圍第32〜54項中任 一項之金屬箔管製造方法,及如申請專利範圍55〜75項 中任一項之金屬箔管製造裝置所製成者。 86Duworthian iron series stainless steel. 18. The metal foil tube according to any one of claims 2 to 12, in which the aforementioned metal foil is a rolled material of stainless steel, and a Asada scattered iron phase is precipitated in the welded portion. 20 19. The metal foil tube according to any one of claims 1 to 18 in the scope of the patent application, wherein at least one of the surface and the inner surface of the foregoing foil tube to which the foregoing metal 羯 has been joined and formed is surface hardened by a hard electric bond layer. 20. The metal foil tube according to item 19 of the patent application scope, wherein the composition of the aforementioned hard electroplated layer is mainly one or two metals of chromium, nickel, cobalt, and palladium 77 200417428 or more. 21. The metal foil tube according to item 19 of the application, wherein the composition of the aforementioned hard electrodeposited layer is a Ni-P alloy. 22. The metal foil tube according to item 21 of the scope of patent application, wherein the composition of the aforementioned hard electric plating layer is a Ni-P alloy containing 1 to 14% by weight of P. 23. If the metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 22 of the scope of patent application is a plating of Group 10 ~ 11 elements or at least in the vicinity of the joint portion of one of the two surfaces of the aforementioned stainless steel foil One or more of the alloys, or a metal with a melting point of 1200 ° C or less, is formed by resistance welding 10 foils. 24. The metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 18 of the scope of patent application is formed by heat-treating the aforementioned metal foil tube formed by joining or reshaping the stainless steel at a temperature of 800 to 1100 ° C. By. 25. For the metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 18 of the scope of application for a patent, the metal foil tube composed of the aforementioned 15 stainless steel foils by joining or reshaping is heat-treated at a temperature of 800 to 1100 ° C. It is formed by performing hard plating on at least one of the inner and outer surfaces of the foregoing foil tube. 26. For the metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 25 of the scope of patent application, in the welding part of the aforementioned metal box tube, there are continuous 20 nuclei along the aforementioned welding line, or at 50 along the aforementioned welding line. Intermittent nucleation exists in more than%. 27. For the metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 26 of the scope of patent application, wherein the overlapping area (χ) μm of the joint portion of the foregoing metal foil tube is satisfied when the foil thickness (ΐ) μm of the foregoing metal foil is satisfied XS 40 + 5t. 78 200417428 28. For the metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 27 of the scope of patent application, wherein the ratio of the thickness of the metal foil tube to the inner diameter of the tube is 1/500 or less. 29. The metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 28 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the surface roughness Rz 5 of the aforementioned metal foil tube established by JISB0601-2001 is equal to or less than 2.0 μm. 30. For the metal foil tube according to any one of the items 1 to 29 of the scope of application for patent, wherein the aforementioned metal foil tube has a fatigue test that produces a deformation of 0.2% or less in a repeated cycle of 60 cycles / min or more, and has lx 106 times The above durability. 10 31. The metal foil tube according to any one of claims 1 to 30 of the scope of patent application, which is a toner baking roller and / or a developing roller for an image forming apparatus. 32. A method for manufacturing a metal foil tube, comprising: a forming step of forming a raw metal foil sheet having a thickness of 10 to 100 μm to form a set of opposite edges, and a welding step of 15 Opposite side welding. 33. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 32 of the scope of patent application, further comprising a processing step for processing the aforementioned welded part to make it smooth. 34. If the method of manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 32 or 33 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned forming step further includes a positioning step, the positioning step is performed before the opposite edges of the aforementioned metal foil raw plate overlap, so that the The metal foil raw sheet is positioned on a forming mandrel. 35. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 34 of the application, wherein the positioning step is to hold the metal foil raw plate close to and away from the metal foil while maintaining a position that is often parallel to the core rod. 79 200417428-shaped device, and when the forming device is close to the mandrel and the metal foil raw plate is in contact with the mandrel wire, the metal f is pressed from the raw plate to the mandrel to be positioned. 36. If the method of manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 34 or 35 of the scope of patent application, Stomach 5, wherein the aforementioned forming step further includes a winding step, the winding step is based on the aforementioned positioning step to bring the aforementioned forming device closer to the The mandrel is held between the recessed portion having a semicircular cross-section formed in the forming device and the mandrel, so that the untreated metal foil is wound φ around the mandrel. 10 37. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 36 of the patent application scope, wherein the forming step further includes an overlapping area adjustment step, the overlapping area adjustment step is after the foregoing winding step, so that the metal foil unprocessed sheet is made A part of the circumference is displaced in the radial direction to adjust the overlapping area. 38. For example, the method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 36 or 37 of the scope of application for patent, 15 wherein the aforementioned overlapping area (χ) μπ is equal to the plate thickness (ί) μη, which satisfies x $ 40 + 5t. 39. If the method of manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 32 or 33 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned welding step is a resistance welding method. 40. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 39 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned resistance welding method is seam welding or flat seam welding. 41. For example, the manufacturing method of a metal foil tube according to item 40 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned resistance welding uses a pulse power supply and sets the ratio of the energized time to the non-energized time to 1/15 ~ 1/17 for seam welding, or uses Pulse the power supply and set the ratio of the energized time to the non-energized time to 1/3 ~ 1/1 for 80 200417428 flat seam welding. 42. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of claims 32, 33, and 39 to 41, wherein the aforementioned welding step is based on the conductivity provided in a groove formed along the axial direction on the outer surface of the core rod. Current is applied between the fixed electrode member 5 and the conductive movable electrode member provided to face the fixed electrode member. 43. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 42 of the application, wherein the fixed electrode member is formed as a part or all of the outer surface to be flat. 10 44. The method of manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 42 or 43 of the scope of patent application, wherein at least a part of each of the aforementioned fixed electrode member and / or movable electrode member is made of molybdenum or alumina dispersed copper alloy. 45. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of claims 42 to 44 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the 15 hardness of the aforementioned fixed electrode member and / or movable electrode member is substantially the same as the hardness of the aforementioned metal junction raw plate. 46. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of the items 34 to 36 and 42 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the metal foil tube is peeled from the core rod by ejecting fluid in a radial direction from the core rod and Take off. 47. The manufacturing method of the metal foil tube 20 according to any one of the items 34 to 37 and 42 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned core rod is composed of a plurality of members, and the aforementioned metal is moved by moving a part in the axial direction. The foil tube was peeled from the mandrel. 48. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of the items 32 to 47 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the ratio of the thickness of the aforementioned metal foil raw plate to the inner diameter of the metal foil tube 81 200417428 is 1/500 or less. 49. A method for manufacturing a metal foil tube is to place a metal foil tube in the metal foil tube obtained by the method of any one of claims 32 to 48, and then use the extrusion method, the split roll method, The die-casting method, the metal spinning method, or a combination of these methods are cold-worked to reduce the thickness, and smooth the aforementioned welded portion to adjust the shape and surface roughness of the welded portion, and at least make the material of the welded portion. Work hardening. 50. If the method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of the items 32 to 49 of the scope of application for a patent, it is electroplated at least in the vicinity of the 10 junction of one of the two surfaces of the aforementioned stainless steel, or contains the group 10 to 11 element Alloys containing one or more of these elements, or metals with a melting point below 1200 ° C, and then resistance-welded the foil. 51. If the method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of the items 32 to 50 of the scope of patent application, the aforementioned metal foil tube composed of the aforementioned stainless steel foil through joining or reshaping 15 is at a temperature of 800 to 1100 ° C. Down heat treatment. 52. If the method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of claims 32 to 51 is applied, the temperature of the aforementioned metal foil tube composed of the aforementioned stainless steel foil through joining or re-forming processing is 800 to 1100 ° C. After the heat treatment, a hard electric bond is performed on at least one of the inner and outer surfaces of the foregoing foil tube. 20 53. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 50 or 52 of the scope of patent application, wherein the composition of the aforementioned hard plating is a Ni-P alloy containing 1 to 14% by weight of P. 54. The method for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of the items 32 to 53 of the scope of patent application, comprising welding the aforementioned metal foil tube, and thereby causing a continuous nugget to exist in the welded portion along the weld line 82 200417428 Or there are intermittent nuggets along the weld line above 50%. 55. A manufacturing device for a metal foil tube, comprising: a forming section for forming a metal foil raw plate 5 having a thickness of 10 to 100 μm into a predetermined shape; and a welding section for welding the aforementioned metal foil Opposite edge of raw board. 56. For example, the manufacturing device for a metal foil tube according to item 55 of the patent application, wherein the aforementioned forming part includes: 10 core rods, whose cross section perpendicular to the axis is circular; the forming device is arranged to be able to approach and away from the aforementioned A mandrel and capable of holding the unprocessed metal box; and a positioning member for pressing the metal foil when the forming device is close to the mandrel and the unprocessed metal foil is in contact with the mandrel wire. The processing plate is positioned on the core rod, and the manufacturing device of the metal foil tube moves the forming device to bring the positioned metal foil unprocessed plate closer to the core rod, so that the metal foil unprocessed plate is in advance A U-shape is curled around the core rod. 57. For example, the manufacturing device for a metal foil tube according to item 56 of the patent application, wherein 20 the aforementioned forming device includes: a holding plate, which is arranged to be close to and away from the core while maintaining a parallel state with the core rod, and There are recesses between the rods for winding the aforementioned metal foil raw plate into a U-shaped semi-circular cross-section; the first pressing member is used to press the U-shaped metal foil without adding one of the 20042004428 work plates It is in close contact with the outer periphery of the mandrel; and a second pressing member is used to press the other piece of the U-shaped metal foil raw plate on the outer periphery of the mandrel, and the forming device is wound after the winding, The opposite end portions of the metal fl unprocessed plate 5 are overlapped to form overlapping portions. '58. For a manufacturing device of a metal foil tube according to the scope of application for patent No. 56 or 57, wherein the forming part further has an overlapping area adjustment mechanism, and the overlapping area adjustment mechanism is used to complete the pressing of the second pressing member φ Previously, a part of the circumference of the aforementioned metal foil raw plate was displaced in the radial direction 10 so that the areas where the opposite sides overlap each other were a predetermined value. 59. The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 58 of the application, wherein the overlapping area adjustment mechanism is composed of an eccentric device provided inside the core rod. 60. For the manufacturing device of metal foil tube according to item 58 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned overlapping area adjustment mechanism is composed of an eccentric device provided outside the aforementioned core rod. Lu 61. The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to Item 58 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the overlapping area adjustment mechanism presses the metal foil raw plate by a pressing member and does not adhere to the non-adhered portion of the core rod. 20 62. The apparatus for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 58 of the scope of patent application, wherein the overlapping area adjustment mechanism is formed by inserting a pressing member provided outside the core rod into a recess formed in the core rod. 63. The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube as claimed in item 61 or 62, wherein the aforementioned pressing member is one of 84 200417428 of a cam, a roller, a cylindrical body or a rod-shaped member, and is provided on the aforementioned core Both ends of the rod in the axial direction move individually. 64. For example, the manufacturing device of a metal foil tube according to item 57 or 58 of the patent application scope, wherein the aforementioned overlapping area (χ) μιη meets X 5 $ 40 + 5t when the aforementioned plate thickness (ΐ) μτη. 65. The apparatus for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 55 of the application, wherein the aforementioned welding portion is a resistance welding portion. 66. The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to item 55 of the patent application, wherein the welding portion includes a guide provided along the axial direction on the outer surface of the core rod, and an electrically fixed electrode member and a conductive body opposed to the fixed electrode member. The movable electrode member is welded while the two electrode members are held in a state of holding the overlapped portion of the metal foil raw plate. 67. For example, a metal foil tube manufacturing device according to item 66 of the patent application, wherein the fixed electrode member is formed as a part or all of the outer surface is flat 15 surfaces. The device, wherein the movable electrode member is an electrode wheel that is energized while pressurizing the overlap portion. 69. The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of items 66 to 68 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein at least a part of the fixed electrode member and / or the movable electrode member is respectively composed of molybdenum or alumina-dispersed copper alloy. 70. The apparatus for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of items 66 to 68 of the scope of patent application, wherein the hardness of the aforementioned fixed electrode member and / or movable electrode member is substantially the same as that of the aforementioned metal foil unprocessed plate. 85 200417428 71. The apparatus for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of items 56, 57 and 66 of the scope of patent application, wherein the metal foil tube is connected with the core rod by ejecting fluid from the core rod in a radial direction. Peel to remove it. 72. The metal foil tube '5 manufacturing device according to any one of claims 56, 57 and 66 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned core rod has a fluid passage, and the fluid passage is used to spray out the metal foil after welding The tube peels off the fluid from the mandrel. 73. The apparatus for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of claims 56, 57 and 66 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the core rod has a notch on the outer peripheral surface so that the φ metal foil raw plate cannot adhere to the core rod. 10 74. The metal foil tube manufacturing device according to any one of claims 56, 57 and 66 of the scope of patent application, wherein the aforementioned core rod is composed of a plurality of members, and by moving a part of the core rod in the axial direction, it is possible to The metal foil tube was peeled from the core rod. 75. The device for manufacturing a metal foil tube according to any one of items 56 to 74 of the scope of application for a patent, wherein the ratio of the thickness of the metal foil unprocessed sheet to the inner diameter of the metal foil tube is 1/500 or less. Zhao 76. — A metal foil tube using a metal foil tube manufacturing method such as any one of the patent application scope items 32 to 54 and a metal foil tube manufacturing apparatus such as any one of the patent application scope scope 55 to 75 Made by. 86
TW093101640A 2003-01-20 2004-01-20 A metal foil tube, a process and an apparatus for producing the same TW200417428A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003011015 2003-01-20
JP2003401052A JP2004243410A (en) 2003-01-20 2003-12-01 Metal foil tube, and method and device for manufacturing the same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200417428A true TW200417428A (en) 2004-09-16

Family

ID=32775157

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW093101640A TW200417428A (en) 2003-01-20 2004-01-20 A metal foil tube, a process and an apparatus for producing the same

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20060150388A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2004243410A (en)
KR (1) KR20050100623A (en)
TW (1) TW200417428A (en)
WO (1) WO2004065032A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114622144A (en) * 2022-04-15 2022-06-14 威海多特瑞自动化设备有限公司 Corrosion-resistant integrally-formed vortex shedding flowmeter shell material and processing technology thereof

Families Citing this family (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2430150A1 (en) * 2003-06-03 2004-12-03 Cascades Groupe Tissu Inc. Roll paper dispenser with roll recognition system
KR100865413B1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2008-10-24 닛폰 스틸 앤드 스미킨 스테인레스 스틸 코포레이션 Ferritic stainless steel welded pipe excellent in pipe expanding workability
US20080277036A1 (en) * 2007-05-11 2008-11-13 Luxfer Group Limited Method for manufacturing tanks
US8230594B1 (en) * 2009-05-09 2012-07-31 Bossard Peter R System and method for welding small diameter tubes into a high-density matrix
JP5353496B2 (en) * 2009-07-06 2013-11-27 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Conveying roller manufacturing method and conveying roller
US8278598B2 (en) * 2009-08-14 2012-10-02 Arcelormittal Investigacion Y Desarrollo, S.L. Methods and systems for resistance spot welding using direct current micro pulses
EP2473310A4 (en) 2009-09-03 2015-10-14 Thermal Structures Inc Planetary resistance welding device and methods therefor
JP5381961B2 (en) * 2010-11-10 2014-01-08 株式会社豊田中央研究所 Seam welding apparatus and seam welding method
JP2012189889A (en) * 2011-03-11 2012-10-04 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Endless belt, fixing belt, fixing device, and image forming apparatus
CN102189360B (en) * 2011-03-23 2013-10-16 无锡华联精工机械有限公司 Conduction mechanism for channel steel and automatic welding machine
SI2714955T1 (en) 2011-05-26 2021-11-30 N'Genius Technology Limited Austenitic stainless steel
UA111115C2 (en) 2012-04-02 2016-03-25 Ейкей Стіл Пропертіс, Інк. cost effective ferritic stainless steel
KR101316261B1 (en) * 2012-04-10 2013-10-10 주식회사 포스코 Seam welding method and steel sheet with welding part
JP6105993B2 (en) * 2013-03-25 2017-03-29 日新製鋼株式会社 Molded product made of stainless steel foil joined by resistance heat
US9039814B2 (en) 2013-04-18 2015-05-26 Saes Pure Gas, Inc. System and method for welding a plurality of small diameter palladium alloy tubes to a common base plate in a space efficient manner
JP6378471B2 (en) * 2013-07-18 2018-08-22 日新製鋼株式会社 Vacuum insulation panel
CN103481017B (en) * 2013-09-18 2015-11-25 沈阳飞机工业(集团)有限公司 The high-efficiency machining method of long beam class thin-walled parts
US10240989B2 (en) * 2013-12-30 2019-03-26 Method Electronic, Inc. Magnetoelastic sensor using strain-induced magnetic anisotropy to measure the tension or compression present in a plate
JP6472317B2 (en) * 2014-04-28 2019-02-20 キヤノン株式会社 Metal base material, fixing member and thermal fixing device
JP6379819B2 (en) * 2014-07-31 2018-08-29 新日鐵住金株式会社 Lap welding member, lap resistance seam welding method of lap welding member, and lap welding member for automobile having lap welding part
KR101582095B1 (en) * 2014-08-18 2016-01-04 (주) 세화정공 Automatic welding machine for welding using a straight line method
CN104589066B (en) * 2014-11-21 2017-05-17 浙江卓驰机械有限公司 Lining ring forming welder
CN105642711B (en) * 2015-10-21 2018-05-18 北方工业大学 A kind of cantilevered And of Varying Depth roller die manufacturing process based on cantilevered And of Varying Depth roller die building mortion
US10610982B2 (en) * 2015-11-12 2020-04-07 General Electric Company Weld filler metal for superalloys and methods of making
CN105478563B (en) * 2016-01-20 2017-12-26 江苏科技大学 A kind of egg type pneumatic shell producing device and manufacture method
JP6551940B2 (en) * 2016-03-30 2019-07-31 日鉄日新製鋼株式会社 Manufacturing method of outdoor cable protection tube
CN105904075B (en) * 2016-04-22 2018-01-23 燕山大学 A kind of experimental provision of ERW pipes weld seam angular aperture flexibility closed-loop control
CN106077175B (en) * 2016-06-30 2018-04-24 江苏省格来德净水科技有限公司 Process equipment
CN107312977B (en) * 2017-07-19 2018-05-18 广州鑫远金属科技有限公司 The powder feeding formula laser 3D printing production method and water cooling sliding rail of water cooling sliding rail
JP6879133B2 (en) * 2017-09-05 2021-06-02 日本製鉄株式会社 Austenitic stainless steel welded member
JP7027122B2 (en) * 2017-10-27 2022-03-01 シロキ工業株式会社 How to seam weld vehicle door sashes
US11207722B2 (en) * 2018-09-10 2021-12-28 Amsted Rail Company, Inc. Systems and methods for manufacturing a ring from a metal sheet
GB201815121D0 (en) 2018-09-17 2018-10-31 Crown Packaging Technology Inc Welding of can bodies
EP4065305A4 (en) * 2019-11-27 2024-03-13 Cascade Corporation Connection between forks and hangers on forks
KR102225376B1 (en) * 2019-12-16 2021-03-09 조재훈 Coating Inspection Apparatus Composite Pipe
CN112296547A (en) * 2020-11-03 2021-02-02 重庆长江电工工业集团有限公司 Bullet box sheet welding device and bullet box sheet welding method
KR102456491B1 (en) * 2020-11-06 2022-10-20 한국생산기술연구원 Deep learning-based can welding defect detection system and defect detection method using the same
CN113695436B (en) * 2021-09-03 2023-08-01 广西恒达电机科技有限公司 Automatic machining device for motor coil parallel sleeve
KR102530167B1 (en) * 2022-11-24 2023-05-08 양성희 Brazing method of glass film into stainless steel tube
CN116532905B (en) * 2023-07-07 2023-09-01 西安航宇动力控制科技有限公司 Welding device for cylindrical thin-wall high-pressure-resistant shell

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02197318A (en) * 1989-01-25 1990-08-03 Nippon Steel Corp Manufacture of thin-wall metallic tube
JPH0762171B2 (en) * 1989-07-28 1995-07-05 新日本製鐵株式会社 Method for producing austenitic stainless steel excellent in wire drawability and cold rollability
JPH08146804A (en) * 1994-11-15 1996-06-07 Brother Ind Ltd Heating roller for fixing

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114622144A (en) * 2022-04-15 2022-06-14 威海多特瑞自动化设备有限公司 Corrosion-resistant integrally-formed vortex shedding flowmeter shell material and processing technology thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2004243410A (en) 2004-09-02
US20060150388A1 (en) 2006-07-13
WO2004065032A1 (en) 2004-08-05
KR20050100623A (en) 2005-10-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200417428A (en) A metal foil tube, a process and an apparatus for producing the same
ES2661397T3 (en) Work roller manufactured by laser coating and method for this
CN101532133B (en) Copper-base crystallizer surface laser cladding method
US8563891B2 (en) Welding assembly and method
CN109226935B (en) Core rod surfacing repair method and core rod surfacing layer tissue structure
JP2007175775A (en) Laser welding method for continuous hot rolling, apparatus therefor, and rolled stock for laser welding
CN105499751A (en) Hardfacing repair process used for hot continuous rolling pinch roll
JP2007268604A (en) Resistance spot welding method
TWI622445B (en) Spot welding method
EP3769894A1 (en) Metal material solid-phase bonding method and solid-phase bonding device
CN104028959A (en) Welding method for stainless steel composite material
JP2007175774A (en) Laser welding method for continuous hot rolling process
KR102285572B1 (en) Steel sheet, tailored blank, hot press-formed product, steel pipe, hollow quenching molded product, steel sheet manufacturing method, tailored blank manufacturing method, hot press-formed product manufacturing method, steel pipe manufacturing method, and hollow quenching molded product manufacturing method
US20080041922A1 (en) Hybrid Resistance/Ultrasonic Welding System and Method
JPH05156494A (en) Welded pipe having excellent corrosion resistance on inside surface and production thereof
EP0038646A1 (en) Method of manufacturing a welded can body
Ichiyama et al. Flash-butt welding of high strength steels
JP2004114146A (en) Press-fitting joining structure and method
CN112589105B (en) Repairing method of cold-rolled supporting roller
JP3115982B2 (en) Method for producing titanium ring for electrodeposition drum
JPH04220105A (en) Composite roll for rolling metal, manufacture thereof and rolling mill
JP7047543B2 (en) Joined structure and its manufacturing method
JPH044986A (en) Manufacture of nickel and stainless steel clad material
JPH059786A (en) Welded pipe having excellent corrosion resistance on inside surface and production thereof
JP2015529563A (en) System for the production of clad materials using resistance seam welding